Categories
Podcast episode

China’s Economic Future Under Xi & the Australia-China Relationship w/ Emmanuel Daniel – EP253

Show host Gene Tunny talks with Emmanuel Daniel, founder of The Asian Banker, about China’s evolving economic policies under Xi Jinping. They explore China’s state intervention, the country’s property sector, and the global implications of Xi’s economic vision. Emmanuel also shares insights into Southeast Asia’s rise, focusing on Indonesia’s growth prospects. The conversation concludes with a discussion of Australia’s role in the region, its economic ties with China, and its alliance with the US and UK.

If you have any questions, comments, or suggestions for Gene, please email him at contact@economicsexplored.com  or send a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Apple Podcast and Spotify.

What’s covered in EP253

  • Introduction (0:00)
  • China’s Property Sector and Economic Challenges (6:32)
  • State’s Role in Economic Development and Social Infrastructure (15:20)
  • China’s Economic Growth and Productivity (29:15)
  • China’s Geopolitical Challenges and US Relations (35:58)
  • Southeast Asia and the Rise of the Rest (44:50)
  • Australia’s Role in the Region and Economic Ties with China (53:38)
  • Final Thoughts and Future Directions (56:07)

Takeaways

  1. China’s State Activism: The Chinese state has reasserted itself in the economy, implementing policies restricting private sector growth with the objective of promoting long-term social stability.
  2. Challenges of State-Led Development: There are limitations to what the state can achieve compared to the dynamism of private markets, especially in frontier technologies.
  3. The Socialist-Capitalist Tension: China’s current policies reflect a unique blend of socialism and capitalism (aka socialism with Chinese characteristics), with the state playing a more prominent role than in Western economies.
  4. Global Implications: China’s economic trajectory under Xi Jinping will profoundly affect global markets, particularly as the state asserts more control over private companies.
  5. Rise of Southeast Asia: Countries like Indonesia are emerging as economic powerhouses, with domestic consumption and political stability driving their growth.

Links relevant to the conversation

About this episode’s guest Emmanuel Daniel:

https://www.emmanueldaniel.com/biography-and-contact/

Economics Explored ep171 on the Enterprise China model:

https://economicsexplored.com/2022/12/26/enterprise-china-what-western-businesses-need-to-know-w-prof-allen-morrison-ep171/

Reuters report “Indonesia minister says Musk to consider offer to build EV battery plant in country”:

https://www.reuters.com/business/autos-transportation/indonesia-minister-says-musk-consider-building-ev-battery-plant-country-2024-05-20

Lumo Coffee promotion

10% of Lumo Coffee’s Seriously Healthy Organic Coffee.

Website: https://www.lumocoffee.com/10EXPLORED 

Promo code: 10EXPLORED 

Transcript: From Academia to Impact: TFranchising Fitness: Lessons from the Expansion of Spartans Boxing Clubs w/ Russell Harrison, CEO – EP252

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Emmanuel Daniel  00:03

So the funny thing is that China, the state has become increasingly competent, and therefore became a lot more activist in the way in which the private sector is structured and the role it plays in the economy. I gene,

Gene Tunny  00:27

welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host gene, Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show us to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode. Please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello and welcome to the show. In this episode, we’re taking a close look at what’s happening in China and Southeast Asia with Emmanuel Daniel, founder of the Asian banker. Emmanuel is very well informed about the region. He’s got some interesting perspectives that have really given me something to think about. Among other things, we talk about the direction of economic policy in China under Xi Jinping. Emmanuel alerted me to the fact that the Chinese Communist Party recently had a very significant policy meeting. In the communique from that meeting, they affirmed their support for fully implementing Xi Jinping thought on socialism with Chinese characteristics for a new era. What on earth does that mean? After talking to Emmanuel, I have a much better idea of what the Chinese administration has in mind. I think it’s worth hearing from him what he has to say. Okay, thanks to Lumo coffee for sponsoring this episode. This grade one organic specialty coffee from the highlands of Peru is jam packed full of healthy antioxidants. There’s a 10% discount for economics explored listeners. Details are in the show notes. Okay, without further ado, let’s dive into the episode. I hope you enjoy it. Emmanuel, Daniel, welcome to the program.

Emmanuel Daniel  02:10

Thanks for having me on, Jim. Looking forward to this conversation, and good morning, by the way. Oh

Gene Tunny  02:15

yes, yes. It’s 8am here in Brisbane, and you’re Are you in Singapore or Beijing or somewhere? Well,

Emmanuel Daniel  02:22

today I’m in Beijing, and it’s, you know, it’s 6am I think, so, you know. So I got up for this call, and I’m looking forward to this conversation.

Gene Tunny  02:33

Very good. Yes. So, I mean, you’re someone who has a having a close look at the global economy, and in particular the East Asia, Southeast Asia, and I’m keen to talk to you today about what’s going on there. It seems that there’s been some big news out of China recently regarding their approach to economic development that you alerted me to. Would you be able to tell us what’s going on their place. Emmanuel, well,

Emmanuel Daniel  03:01

you know, I’ve been in China, by the way, since 2000 as in, my first time visiting China was 1994 and then I started a business called the Asian banker. It’s a research publishing business and so on. And so I’ve had a very close view of developments in China, especially the economic, banking sector. And, you know, I’ve seen China make very important decisions that were, you know, like not taken seriously. You know, in the West, I guess, and I’ve seen them benefit from it, you know, like good things happen, you know, after, after a while, and you you see how it all comes together. And I guess that right now, they’re in the process of making yet another very important decision, and I’m now putting together all the elements that you know, will give me a very clear, a much clearer picture of where they’re taking this, you know. So you know, just to give you a background, like in the early 2000s 2001 was when China joined the WTO, you know. And I remember a conversation in 2003 in Washington, DC, where I was with a senator and a lobbyist, and they were saying that, you know, the US could afford a billion dollars a month, you know, to pursue the Iraq war, but that they were very concerned about the non performing loans of The Chinese banks. And I said, Okay, I put it at the back of my mind, and then 20 years later, you see which country actually had economic you know, or a banking crisis, or several banking crises, and which country kept growing quite strongly, you know. And then I look back and say. What were the elements that enabled China to grow strongly from, you know, about 2001 and it grew, you know, unabated until about 2014 you know, and then it started on to a decline. So right now, I think we all are, all of us are familiar with the fact that the party in China has come in and put lots of curbs on the private sector, you know, and and then we see that on from the surface, it looks reactionary, but when we look at the decisions that they made at the Third Plenum of the 20th Party Congress just a few weeks ago. It looks very deliberate, very well thought through and, you know, and very structured. So the one thing that I’ve come to realize about China is that whenever I say this, my my friends in the West, you know, like, like, raise eyebrows, which is that China is actually very transparent in its policies, at least in its economic policies. So it bears well to read what the decisions that have made and so on. So the third premium, they added more structure to where they want to take this economy. I think, about four years ago, the leader, you know, Xi Jinping, made this comment that houses are meant for living. And, you know, and there are three red lines that we cannot cross in terms of the property sector and so on. And at that time, even within China, the property developers thought that, you know, it was just wishful thinking on the part of the state. But as you can see, they have, you know, been very recorded in terms of the way in which they dealt with the property sector, you know. And then you’d think that, like in most countries, they would be more concerned about revitalizing economic growth and so on, but they were not in any hurry. And that’s that was the actual that was actually the feedback that lots of economists and analysts had outside of China to the decisions made in the third plenum that was just helped, which is that, hey, I thought that you’d be serious about revitalizing economic growth and so on. You know, I spend lots of time in China. I’m a friend of a number of the economists who actually contribute to national thought and, you know, to the State Council. They, you know, present papers and so on. And there are many different, you know, opinions floating around in the marketplace, but the state has taken the view that it has the resources to, you know, to take a socialist approach to creating an equitable society, you know, and it’s paying the price for it right now. And I think that for the rest of us, it bears to take a look at the decisions that they’ve made and, you know, the options that they have given themselves and what they’ve not given themselves, and see how far they can go with it. You know, I think that what they’re really trying to deal with is that blatant capitalism is not good for China. You know, that’s that’s a policy decision that the politicians have made. In fact, a couple of the economists have told me that there’s a big difference between what the economist think about, you know, spurring growth and creating a sustainable society and all that should, how that should work out, and what the politicians think. And it’s a there’s a big divide between the two. So the big question that we need to set for ourselves now is, will the politicians be able to afford the kind of economic system that they, you know, that they’re working on, you know? And you know, what will work and what will not work going forward,

Gene Tunny  09:13

right? Okay, look, there’s a lot to a lot to talk about there. Manuel, I think that’s, yeah, that’s a terrific setup for this conversation about China. A few things just to just so we establish the facts. First, you mentioned there were, was it three red lines for property, for construction, or did I miss

Emmanuel Daniel  09:40

it ago? Now, like you know that, that I forget what they are now, but one of it was that, you know, the property sector cannot borrow extensively from the banking sector and, and I can’t remember the other two. But so basically, you know, the state put out. Uh, guidelines in terms of what the property sector needed to do. The interesting thing with the property sector is that it was, until recently, the, the only, or the most important source of revenue for the provincial governments. So China operates, you know, in a centralized economy, but with a federated system, where the central government expects the, you know, the provincial government to generate their own sources of income. And so when the property sector just grew out of air, meaning, you know, it borrowed extensively from the from the banking sector, there was oversupply in some places, and property prices went up because property was basically the only asset class that most Chinese could invest in. China’s financial sector is not as broad based and as liberal as much of the rest of the world. So all these factors contributed to overheating in the property sector. And when the state put curbs on it, they did it did not give the provincial government, you know, much other options in terms of new sources of income. And so what you see now happening in China is that a number of the provincial governments have problems raising revenue and and then in turn, you know, has an effect on state owned enterprises, jobs and stuff like that right now. Gotcha.

Gene Tunny  11:38

Okay? And and, so what, what did the state do? So, you mentioned they put curbs on it, and what was going on with the property sector? I mean, we saw that there were, there was a whole bunch of development. I mean, you had ever grand, and it looked like there were, there were cities being developed, that were ghost cities, that, at least, that was the, you know, what was being talked about over here. I mean, what actually, what actually happened was it just a mania, a construction building boom. Was the state behind it? What was actually driving it? And then, how did they, how did they curb it? Well,

Emmanuel Daniel  12:14

they basically went after the biggest property developers and and curb, you know, the ability to borrow from the from the banking system, because they were very clear that if this, you know, if this sector overheats, it will have a reproduction on the banking system. But as I said, the real issue in the property sector was that property was basically the most important source of revenue for Provincial Government. So what they do, what they did was, you know, acquire land and hand it over to the developers, who then borrowed money from the banks to develop that and resold that, and that became a source of revenue for the provincial government, you know. And the thing is that you know this narrative alone, the idea that you know there were ghost cities and so on, belies the fact that there were good things that were achieved, you know, in the property sector. China today has easily 20 to 30 a grade cities, you know, relative to the rest of the world. I mean, in that it built very, very good cities in as many ghost cities that you find that were created in provinces that were either underdeveloped or, you know, where sources of income and jobs were not as well developed as the property. That’s where, you know. And then, because of rural urban migration, the concentration of population moved to the a great cities, and then leaving these other small towns emptied out. And I think that’s actually what happened. But if you look at the overall figure, the urban population of China is actually still underdeveloped relative to what you see in the West, in the US, I think in the US, I think about 80% of the population lives in urban centers. In China, it’s still about 60 something percent. So it’s still got a way to go. It’s just not well distributed, you know, and they are capable of working it through over time, you know, if this was the US, what we will be seeing is widespread bankruptcies, and you know, fallout from the from the parts of the country which economically not viable, in favor of the part of the country that where the concentration of jobs and in. Streets are so I think so it’s in my view, because I live here, I spend time here. That’s the redistribution. That’s what’s happening in China on the property front.

Gene Tunny  15:12

Gotcha, okay, can I ask about this, this new Well, what the Chinese administration is what it’s saying about economic development. It’s saying blatant. Well, this might have been the president blatant. Capitalism is not good for China. So to what extent is that? I mean, that’s self serving rhetoric in favor of the existing party, or is it? I mean, what’s the basis for that statement? Do they have any factual basis for it? I mean, capitalism, to the extent that they’ve embraced the market, hasn’t that been behind their economic development? Could you just tell us a bit more about what their what their justification for that statement is? Please. Emmanuel, the

Emmanuel Daniel  15:55

single most important justification is that the Gini Coefficient of China is almost the same as that of the US, so the rich getting richer and the poor being left behind is as much a phenomenon in China. In other words, it’s just as capitalist as the US, and they’re trying to reverse that and make it more equitable. But the way in which they’re doing it is that the state has become a much more, you know, dominant, capable force. And here’s, you know, here’s my structure by which I think through what the state wants to achieve and where it is in that evolution, you know, between 2001 and 2014 the state was putting in place very interesting policies that facilitated private sector growth. And you know, by the time you get to 2004 after China joined the WTO Goldman Sachs started to put out reports saying that, you know, the future is China. Is the future is the large populations the world, and then they come into China. And at that time, the platform players like Alibaba were just coming on on stream, and the Western, you know, capital markets funded these platform players dramatically, you know, and from the time that Goldman Sachs and Masayoshi Son, you know, the private equity the venture capitalists came in and took, You know, stock of potential winners in China. They led some of these to incredible growth. So at the height of its being listed in the US company like Alibaba, was able to be the capitalization was like $830 billion and when you’re capitalized to that extent, you visit a city like Hangzhou in Zhejiang province in China. And the, I call it the cascading effect of capital, the capital comes back into the city, and Alibaba invests in, you know, second tier startups which were, you know, which were the size of a few billion dollars, and those invested down the downstream to other startups. And you have a whole ecosystem of very good players. Now today, Alibaba is about 150 160 100 and $70 billion dollars in market cap and and that shows up in Hangzhou. Again. You go to Hangzhou today, there is widespread joblessness, and you know, and it’s very difficult to pick and choose which frontier technologies that they want to invest in and so on. And the state is saying that that’s okay, because not to worry. We will, we will fund you. We will, you know, guide you. And we will, you know, we will lead the economic growth. And there’s this huge debate whether you know how much of the next phase of economic growth in China should be led by the state, and which phase should be led by the private sector now, so between about 2001 and 2014 the state was happy with The role of facilitating some structure so that the capital markets, and especially the foreign capital markets, can, you know, can create winners out of the private sector companies like Alibaba. And after 2014 the the state started to become, I call it competent, uh. You know, the funny thing is that, and I think this phenomenon, by the way, is repeated in every other country in the world, including highly capitalized, capitalistic countries like the US. When the state becomes confident it creates gets a handle on how to manage, you know, huge infrastructure companies like Amazon and so on. It becomes intrusive. It becomes important, you know, it becomes involved in the in the structure that it’s creating. So between after 2014 the state put in place laws like, you know, data privacy rules, and then also took assertive influence in terms of where these companies go out to raise capital and so on. So the funny thing is that China, the state has become increasingly competent, and therefore became a lot more activist in the way in which the private sector is structured and the role it plays in the economy. Now the status other two other functions to play. One is to provide the social infrastructure, the, you know, the education, the healthcare and all of that. And it does that really very well, you know. And we shouldn’t undermine what China has achieved on that front. In fact, if you come visit China, you’d be, you know, you’d be very impressed with the quality of life in China. And then the second pillar, as I think, as I think about it, is the way in which the state funds or subsidizes frontier technology. So this is not the US capital market. Is the Chinese state looking out for, you know, next generation technologies and and infrastructure that it needs to invest in. And there it had. It had invested in a number of areas. So 5g for example, you know, China is one of the first, was one of the first countries that went veg. The state invested in it. But today I’m actually hearing a few speeches given by former ministers in China saying that, you know, we hurried up and built all this infrastructure for G but there are no applications, and a veg base station cost three times more to run than a base station, and if the applications can’t come on stream as quickly as they should, you know, the telcos don’t benefit from it. And, you know, the investment is way ahead of its time, you know, and and so the thing is that, when, when China, then, you know, says that, look, our EV car business is doing very well. It was the result of the state subsidizing 1000s of EV car initiatives in multiple cities. And then, you know, and that becoming affiliate, you know, a it takes up momentum, and it becomes takes a life of its own. So you can point to a few things where the subsidies have generated new technologies and new industries that didn’t exist before and become world players on top of it. But you can also point to industries that floundered and, you know, being left behind or being quiet. So now the state wants to be the, you know, most important investor in AI technology, you know. But the thing is that on the AI front, the capital that does the Chinese state can put into it, it pales in comparison to what the US is doing. So if you look at the top six AI players in the US, the capital that they are able to garner is about ten trillion I think, and that’s the entire capital market of China. So there is a limit to what the state, any state, can do. It’s not just China, but even the US is not able to fund its own frontier technologies. Is the, it’s the US capital market, which is the giant in this, in this, in this area. And then comes the role of the private sector. No, why can’t the private sector go out and raise its own capital and all of that? So that’s the lay of the land. That’s the, you know, the issues that China is facing. And the big question I’m asking myself, as I put all this together, is, will the state be able to afford the kind of economic structure that is trying to build?

Gene Tunny  24:59

Yeah. Yeah, okay, so I just want to, you know, talk a bit more about, you know, the nature of the Chinese economy. Because the just sort of, I guess I’ve reacted a bit to this statement, blatant capitalism is not good for China. I’m not sure to what extent they’ve had blatant capitalism. Because, I mean, my understanding of China, I mean, this may be wrong, but it’s, you know, it’s state directed capitalism or or it’s socialism with Chinese characteristics, as Deng Xiaoping described it, you know, many years ago. So, I mean, the state’s been heavily involved, and that brings all sorts of complications. You’ve got all these SOEs, state owned enterprises. There’s this enterprise China model that one of my guests was talking about a couple of years ago when I had him on. I’ll have to link in the show notes to that, the idea that, you know, once you get to a certain size that there’s a party official, you have to have someone on your your staff, who’s, you know, connected to the party. I mean, it just seems that the state is already very heavily involved in in business in China, and the idea that it could be getting more involved, I’m not sure that’s the that’s the recipe for for economic success, but that that’s just my my view, just That’s my reaction to that statement. So just interested in any reflections on that, or we could move on, please, up to you. Emmanuel,

Emmanuel Daniel  26:28

yeah. I mean, you know, thing is that the idea of the state becoming competent enough so that it has the confidence to involve itself in the private sector. That’s where China is today. For large state owned enterprises, they’ve always had a Communist Party official in there. The whole picture is one of the competency of the socialist state. And for the longest time, we’ve never had that, you know, the during the Cold War, the socialist state wasn’t competent. It wasn’t a good allocator of capital. You know, it didn’t motivate individuals to to be self reliant and you know, and generate capital, you know, and there, you know. It was just an inferior form of creating economics relative to patent capitalism. But when we put it alongside each other today, patent capitalism did has is destroying the US right now. You know, it’s, you know, it causes this great divergence in terms of the ability to, you know, even look after yourself. You know, the the rise of homelessness in the US and all of that, and the divergence in salaries. I mean, you got CEOs who earn hundreds of millions of dollars in salary for the same 24 hour work that that the last worker gets paid. So you get all these, you know, these courts in in capitalism, which is what China is trying to deal with, but you have a state that has come to a level of competence, that it thinks that it can pull this through. So, you know? So now I’d say we take a wait and see attitude. Now, what I say to myself is I missed the big picture in about 2003 2004 when I doubted China’s ability to generate economic growth given the non performing loans that set in the banking system. But they averted that by by hiving out all the bad, bad debt and putting it into two huge asset management companies. And as the economy grew, they were able to deal with that NPL situation. So now, with the slowing economy and geopolitics up against them, some of those options are not available anymore, so we will have to see. But however, given the fact that China has now come to about $12 trillion in GDP. It has sufficient internal momentum to keep growing, you know, but not in with the at the rate at which it was growing when it was, you know, much it was benefiting a lot from the global capital markets.

Gene Tunny  29:40

Yeah, and was the Chinese economic development story. Was a lot of it the migration of people from rural areas into the cities. I mean, it’s the old Arthur Lewis economic development story. You’ve got people underutilized or, you know, not very productive on the land. They move to the cities. You get a big bump up. Productivity is that, is that still occurring? That migration? Yes,

Emmanuel Daniel  30:03

well, the migration was a reallocation of human resources, you know. And China invested in 40,000 kilometers worth of high speed railway, you know. And and China Railway cooperation, and its, you know, related organizations about $800 billion in debt right now, but it’s a debt that they are able to absorb, because as long as the economy keeps growing, you know, it will be able to ameliorate the debt over a period of time and but as an infrastructure, it’s amazing. It’s going to stay for a long time to come, you know, but all of that did not really result in higher productivity gains, and China is the one economy that grew dramatically without a commensurate growth in productivity, and that’s interesting part of the story that it’s not very talked talked about. So, so now you have wages rising, you know, well beyond sustainable levels. And the state has come in and said, No, we can slow down a bit now, so that, you know, we spread out the wages to the rest of the economy, and bring up agriculture, for example, and revitalize the small towns this urban, rural urban migration was necessary at a time when, you know, China’s urban population was not developed enough to, you know, to take advantage of a lot of the export led, you know, industries. So they needed to create jobs in the big cities. But right now, they want to spread it out a bit more. And the cities that benefited were, you know, were not, were not universal. It wasn’t all cities that benefited, and that’s why we see the ghost towns. The there are many cities that try to become more urbanized, more industrialized, but just didn’t have the means to

Gene Tunny  32:16

so what is the Chinese economic growth story? Is it? I mean, is it foreign investment, or is it, it’s domestic investment in a supposing capital? What is it? What’s the story? So,

Emmanuel Daniel  32:31

exactly as I indicated earlier in this conversation, which is, there are three pillars of economics, okay, one is the state spending and building infrastructure. The second is the state subsidizing industries, and the third is foreign capital. And so what has drawn back now is the access to foreign capital, and the state thinks that it’s able to make up for that by, you know, by supporting private sector companies, which, as you indicated just now, have got Communist Party officials sitting in the company, you know, and second guessing the decisions that need to be made. You know, it’s this is as far as socialism has come as being a viable alternative to capitalism, you know, and they’ve taken it very far, you know, it’s a working system. It’s just that they now have the confidence to think that they can take it further. So like in the main cities, for example, in Beijing, in Shanghai, investment bankers used to be paid the same as investment bankers in the West, which is you try and second guess how much capital you’re able to raise for your client’s company, and you get paid on a success basis, and on a success basis, they paid incredible amounts of bonuses. And now the state has come in to say that investment bankers cannot be paid as they used to be, that those bonuses are illegal under, you know, Chinese style socialism and the capital market here is reverberate, reverberating from those decisions. Saying, Wow, okay, let’s see where you going to take us now. So it’s it’s work in progress, and when you look at states that eventually centralize the economy, a lot everything from Germany before World War Two to Japan in the last 30 years, the capacity of the state to to hold an economy together, especially a large state, can go a long way. You know, it won’t be the same as a, you know, a openly capitalist country, but, but it still can. Um, you know, this story can go go on for another 10 to 15 years.

Gene Tunny  35:05

Okay, what about this socialist approach to creating an equitable society? What types of measures do you think they they have in mind?

Emmanuel Daniel  35:15

It’s every facet of society, everything from the time in which they they banned, you know, educational institutions outside of this, you know, formal school structure, there were online learning systems that, you know, that were making lots of money. You know, people generally spend a lot of money on on things that they’re afraid of, healthcare, you know, education and so on. And you had this, this making, you know, a lot of money from parents, you know, fearing for the future of their kids and so on, you know. So it’s in every facet of society, the building of affordable housing, you know, access to health care. You know, China has got one of the best public sector health care system in the world, you know, and it’s, it’s getting better, Social Security, putting that into place, and ensuring that that, you know, people have income for the rest of their life, which is not pension, you know, in the like in the old days and so on. So I think that just touching on every facet of society, you know, right down to how much time a kid can should spend on on gaming, online gaming, you know? So, so then for the rest of us, looking in, we’ll think that, well, that’s a bit intrusive. And the state making lots of decisions for everyday life, which is, which is what it’s doing right now. So you know how far they’re able to take. That will remain to be seen.

Gene Tunny  37:01

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  37:06

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with adept economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding, submissions, cost benefit analysis, studies and economic modeling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, http://www.adeptecconomics.com.au we’d love to hear from you

Gene Tunny  37:35

now. Back to the show. I’m sorry to keep talking so much about China, it’s just that it is so. I mean, it’s such a pivotal part of the global economy now, and that it’s it’s hard to talk about anything else so, and I have so many questions. I mean, I like, I agree with you. I mean, it’s been an incredible success story. I mean, it’s within our lifetimes that, I mean the predominant, like when we were young. I mean, they’ll, you know, the predominant mode of transport in China would have been bicycle, wouldn’t it? I mean, like, the amount of economic progress that they’ve had, particularly since, you know, Deng Xiaoping opened up, start open up progressively from the late 70s and the 80s is just absolutely extraordinary. So, yeah, just just incredible progress. What I want to ask is about the, you know, I have, I’ve had a few guests on my show, or maybe two, or maybe a couple, who are very concerned about, you know, the whole China, Taiwan. They’re concerned about China being aggressive militarily, and it looks like there are some very hawkish there’s a very hawkish pivot, or a tilt in the US State Department towards China. There’s more, rather than seeing, you know, 20 years ago, we had this view of cooperation, or, you know, the gains from trade and all of that. Now there’s a lot of concern about national security. Do you have any thoughts on that? I mean, how is, how do you see that as playing out over the next decade or so?

Emmanuel Daniel  39:09

You know, from about 2010 I guess I started coming across commentators who were, you know, putting China on and making it believe that it will become the next leading nation of the world, and all of that since Xiaoping’s economic direction and economic model did not include grandstanding and did not include trying to project itself as as a world power and all of that. In fact, there was a lot of work to be done in China. Was very happy to be, you know, a work in progress. In fact, one of the reasons I am in China is because they invited people who are experts in all kinds of different growth of the country. Three but after 2010 there was this growing assertiveness, and I guess the Americans reacted to that right and and China’s economic growth would not have been possible if the US didn’t allow China to join the WTO in 2001 and that that entry process itself was a long iteration before that. So you get a situation where, you know, the country that used to, you know, just provide the rest of the world with manufactured goods and so on, is asserting itself as a world power. The thing is that China is dialed back a little bit on that, on that narrative, because, from a business point of view, why would you, you know, get on the heckles of your most important client. You know, the business that China does with the US is larger than the business than that China does with any other country in the world, almost put together, right? So, so China has to figure out, you know, how to continue doing business and selling to the US. In fact, you now start hearing that there’s an effort to, you know, to soften that relationship with the US. But at the same time, there’s this thing called Xi Jinping thought which he’s promoting kids in school right up to presidents or banks have to study it, and the way in which it’s been put together is that he’s firing on all cylinders. He’s he’s working on all objectives at the same time, you know, so you get situations where he’s trying to promote regional trade and, you know, forming trade associations and trade alliances, while at the same time having border problems with, you know, all 14 of its of the of the countries on China’s borders. So you know, how will he, or how he will be able to, you know, build a sustainable narrative from, from, you know, pursuing all objectives at the same time will remain to be seen. I think that he will achieve a few of his objectives well, and some will have to, you know, he needs to stand down on them if he’s going to get any good will out of not just the US, but, you know, any of the other countries, with the Philippines, with Vietnam, with India, you know, and so on. So. So I think that he’s being incredibly ambitious. And I anyone in his shoes, will say that, yeah, we will not be able to achieve all our objectives, you know, and and some will have to go by the wayside. The thing about Taiwan is that when China sets itself up as a as Taiwan being a non negotiable, you know, item, it also sets itself up to be ridiculed by countries that want to find the soft spot of China. So, so it’s not, not surprising that the US would use Taiwan as a, you know, as a sore point that on which it could raise the heckles of China. So, you know, and by the way, don’t sell, sorry. Xi Jinping has has has given a mandate that by 2049 which is the 100 years you know of 2049 that that that that should be re reunification, so, so by giving himself a deadline, he reduces the number of options available to, you know, to make this possible. So, you know, I think that some form of military, militaristic approach is inevitable just by reducing the options given to themselves. So it’s, I’m not a, I’m not a, you know, military person, so I wouldn’t comment on how exactly that’s going to be carried out, but it’s the rhetoric that gets them there. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  44:30

yeah. I mean, it’s, it is a great concern. I mean, that certainly could be a, you know, huge Flashpoint globally. But yeah, I mean, yeah, I’ve had, had a few conversations about about Taiwan and the issues there. It’s all fascinating. Emmanuel, that’s been great on China. I really appreciate your insights. I think we’ve got a little bit more time. I’d like to ask you about the, what you call the rise of the rest. I mean. One country I’ve had a bit to do with is Indonesia. I’ve done, done courses for finance ministry officials there and for their economic development agency, I think Baba NAS, if I remember correctly, what’s happening there. At the moment, we’ve got riots. I mean, there’s a whole bunch of instability. What’s the outlook for Indonesia?

Emmanuel Daniel  45:21

I mean, Indonesia has been a success story for Southeast Asia. It’s a $1.3 trillion economy, so it brings it up to the level of the large countries in the world. But even as we spend time thinking about US China relations and the US, China, dynamics, and the rest of the world. I think what we’re seeing now is the rise of the rest, and not just in Southeast Asia, in different parts of the world, in in the Balkans, I see Serbia coming up pretty strongly in, you know, Latin America, you have Brazil, and these are what I call the middle income, the middle power countries, you know, not, not the the, you know, the Cold War belligerents, but the the second tier players. And Indonesia also has had the most successful, you know, move into a sustainable, democratic, you know, structure since the 1997 1997 Asian financial crisis, 1998 Asian financial crisis. It’s come a very long way, except that it’s now, you know, solidifying into a political structure which is sustainable now in the US, outside of the Democratic and Republican parties, there is no chance for independents to come on and and provide a different political agenda. You know, there’s no platform that makes any independent or a third party viable, despite many attempts to build that. And I think that all that is happening in Indonesia right now is that the incumbents who have become successful in, you know, in building their own political asset are now trying to, you know, centralize the assets and and to become, you know, the deterministic force in Indonesia, and this, essentially is Widodo political party and his family and his friends and the people that he wants to work with. So the as even as the new president is taking over, in fact, the in the best indicator of a very successful political process is one where you don’t remember the last six presidents. You know, in other words, the transitions have been going very well, but I think that there’s enough political assets that have been created where the political players want to solidify it by putting in place laws that that favor them. And people are going out on the streets and saying, No, we won’t let you do that, because we want to have a political system where new players can come on stream and challenge you if they wanted to. So I think that in some ways, it’s a natural evolution of stable political system, but on another level, it’s it threatens democracy because it reduces the number of players and entries into the democratic process. But at the same time, economically, Indonesia is doing profoundly Well, I think that we forget that it’s got a viable domestic consumption market, in fact, much more successful than China. And because of that, there is a desire for foreign investors to be invested directly in Indonesia. The Indonesian stock market is now bigger than that of Singapore, which is a regional finance supposed to be a regional financial center, and is, and just by the sheer size of the economy, is the most attractive economy in that part of the world, and so and in the same way, when we look at countries where populations on the increase, like like Vietnam, Philippines, Thailand, they GDP growth is being driven not by productivity gains or shifts in industries and so on. It’s just by the sheer size of the growth in the population. And as they do that, they need the political system to hold you know, the kind. Country together. So, so each of these countries have different problems that they’re facing and and they’re finding their way. And, you know, so it’s a work in progress, as it were, now. The The upshot of all of that is that some of the older developed countries in the region, Singapore, being one of them, are floundering because they are losing the role that they used to play, which is the regional, regional financial center, and they have to reinvent themselves to to be relevant to the rest of the region.

Gene Tunny  50:34

Okay, okay, yeah, that’s, yeah, that is a bit of a concern, like what you’re saying about Singapore, because it has had that reputation and, but, I mean, now it’s got a flourishing tourism sector, hasn’t it? I mean, it’s got a lot of advantages to it. And I guess there’s a domestic, you know, the services economy there. I mean, what are the prospects for Singapore and, and, I mean, other other countries in the region,

Emmanuel Daniel  51:01

it used to be the, you know, the financial center in which you raise capital, and today it’s got a capital market that’s smaller than, you know, several of its neighbors, smaller than Indonesia, smaller than Thailand, and less active than even Malaysia, which has had political problems. So what’s interesting is to see, you know, countries where the politics is unstable, but the economics is pretty good, and the economics is, you know, growing from strength to strength. And when I look at the numbers, and I try to figure out what the drivers are, on the onset, the most important driver, really is population growth, and then comes everything else. So if you’re going to be invested in Indonesia, you should be invested directly in Indonesia, and not, you know, come to use Singapore as a regional center and then get into Indonesia. So that’s where industries are right now, and everyone from Elon Musk to, you know, fund managers are directly invested in the countries that they are interested in. And so to that, Singapore has to reinvent itself. And you know, there are industries where by just being marginally better than the rest of the region, like ports, for example, or airports. It has the up effect that is, you know, you land in Singapore before you go to go off to any of the cities. But as the cities themselves improve their infrastructure, they become direct destinations themselves. So Singapore is, you know, has to work very hard to figure out its relevance. Now, having said that, it doesn’t mean that Singapore is going to be left behind. I think a rising tide, you know, raises all boats. So Singapore’s own GDP continues to grow, but not on the same elements that gave it the growth 10 years ago. You know, it just needs to be more relevant and more plugged in with to the rest of the region. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  53:09

yeah. I just pulled up of that’s an interesting point you mentioned about Elon Musk. So I’ve just noticed Musk to consider opening battery plant in Indonesia. So it looks like there’d be some deal done with the the administration, and probably some subsidy of some kind, so that, yeah, that’s interesting. I’ll put a link to that in the show notes. Okay. I mean, you’re, I think this has been terrific. I’m going to have to have you on again. I think, I mean, there’s so much to talk about, and you’re such a wealth of, wealth of knowledge and insights into the region. So I think we’ll have to wrap up for now. But any final words before we we do wrap up, and hopefully I can chat with you sometime in the future.

Emmanuel Daniel  53:49

Yeah. I mean, I’m very interested in how the world looks like from Australia looking out, you know, and Australia’s own, you know, role in the rest of the world. I think that Australia is a, you know, the largest exporter of commodities to China, and now that the relationship has been, you know, put on a more even footing, we find Australian wines back in the stores in Beijing, you know. So Australia is the middle tower, which has a very different dynamics from, you know, from the Geo, geographically centric model, which is, you know, if you are in Southeast Asia, it’s Indonesia. If you’re in the Balkans, in Serbia, if you’re in North Africa, it’s Morocco. But Australia sits outside of the of the ring of influence that it wants to play in. So, so that’s, that’s another conversation, and another day, yeah,

Gene Tunny  54:51

I think so. I mean, you’re right. I mean, we are so like, yeah, we’re such a big commodity exporter, and now our economy is so. Are tied to China’s at the moment, and, you know, it affects the the iron ore price and the coal price. It is extraordinary how connected we are and and yet, that’s why we’re having a big debate at the moment about, you know, they’re the orcas deal. Maybe we should talk about that another time. But there’s a big debate about whether us aligning so closely with the Americans and the British in this aukus nuclear submarine deal, possibly antagonizing China. Actually, I think we are antagonizing China doing that. What are the implications of that? We’ve, we’ve had a, I mean, while, I mean, I think there’s a lot of sympathy for the Americans. I mean, we’re, we have a very, very strong links with the United States, particularly because of the wartime relationship. I mean, I’m in Brisbane, here where we had Douglas MacArthur based, okay, and so we’re very grateful for for the Americans. But, yeah, at the same time, we’ve got a prime minister, Paul Keating, who was very, you know, very strongly, fervently nationalist Australian, very, and he was, he’s become very critical of that orca steel. So I think it is something to that we need to talk about some more in in this country, that’s more of a, more of a comment from me. Any any reactions to that before we close. Yeah,

Emmanuel Daniel  56:21

so it comes back to my the first point I was trying to make in this conversation was that if we take the labels off and, you know, and not deal with the desire of countries to build working economic systems and not call it, you know, capitalistic or socialist, we were able to evaluate them much more equitably and then understand the baselines from which they work. So China’s baseline is that it’s, you know, it’s the momentum that’s created for itself in the economy. It can go for a while yet, you know, despite, you know it being, you know the areas in which it’s made some mistakes, or it’s slowing down or or de prioritizing at the moment. So so let’s see where they go with that.

Gene Tunny  57:13

Very good Absolutely. Manuel, Daniel, thanks so much for the conversation. I found it really informative, and yeah, love your insights. Certainly want to chat with you some more. And yeah, keep up the great work. So thanks again for coming on the show.

Emmanuel Daniel  57:28

Thanks gene for having me on. And great conversation,

Gene Tunny  57:33

righto, thanks for listening to this episode of economics explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact at economics, explore.com or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting app lets you, then please write a review and leave a writing. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

Obsidian  58:20

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this, or to begin your own podcasting journey, head on over to obsidian-productions.com you.

Credits

Thanks to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business, www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple Podcasts and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Franchising Fitness: Lessons from the Expansion of Spartans Boxing Clubs w/ Russell Harrison, CEO – EP252

Show host Gene Tunny interviews Russell Harrison, CEO of Spartans Boxing Club. They discuss the rise of boutique boxing gyms, the benefits of boxing for fitness and mental health, and the challenges of expanding a fitness franchise globally. Russell describes how Spartans uses technology to enhance the member experience and how boxing training can benefit corporate executives and employees. Hear from Russell about Spartans’ “White Collar Boxing” events, where high-performing corporate executives and professionals undergo 12 weeks of boxing training, culminating in a black-tie gala event. 

If you have any questions, comments, or suggestions, please email us at contact@economicsexplored.com  or send a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Apple Podcast and Spotify.

What’s covered in EP252

  • Introduction (0:00)
  • Ensuring Safety in Boxing (3:13)
  • Fitness Benefits of Boxing (6:01)
  • Training and Techniques at Spartans Boxing Clubs (8:32)
  • Expansion into the Australian Market (10:20)
  • Boutique Fitness Market and Franchise Model (13:43)
  • Gender Balance and Market Demographics (35:03)
  • Corporate Wellness and Holistic Health (35:20)
  • White Collar Boxing (43:10)
  • Final Thoughts and Future Plans (45:16)

Takeaways

  1. Community-Driven Gyms: Spartans Boxing Club focuses on creating accessible, community-oriented gyms that cater to a wide demographic, including families and professionals.
  2. Franchise Success: Spartans Boxing’s franchise model is designed to be mutually beneficial, with a focus on providing value and support to franchisees.
  3. Holistic Wellness: Beyond physical fitness, Spartans Boxing integrates mental health programs, showing the importance of a holistic approach to well-being.
  4. Global Expansion: Spartans Boxing has successfully expanded into multiple countries by adapting its business model to local markets and regulations.
  5. Boutique Fitness Trends: The rise of boutique gyms like Spartans Boxing reflects a shift towards more personalised, community-focused fitness experiences.

Lumo Coffee promotion

10% of Lumo Coffee’s Seriously Healthy Organic Coffee.

Website: https://www.lumocoffee.com/10EXPLORED 

Promo code: 10EXPLORED 

Links relevant to the conversation

Spartans Boxing Club:

https://spartansboxing.com

A study reporting “Boxing appears to be an effective treatment for persons with Parkinson’s disease”:

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC9837687

Transcript: From Academia to Impact: TFranchising Fitness: Lessons from the Expansion of Spartans Boxing Clubs w/ Russell Harrison, CEO – EP252

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:05

Welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host. Gene Tunny, I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode. Please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Russell Harrison, CEO of Spartans Boxing Club. Welcome to the program.

Russell Harrison  00:38

Gene. Thanks for having me. Much appreciated.

Gene Tunny  00:41

Very good. It’s good to have you on Russ. You’re joining us from Singapore. So you’ve, you’ve started a network of Boxing Clubs. So can you tell us about this, please? What is it? What’s Spartans Boxing Club about? And, yeah, what’s the story so far? Please.

Russell Harrison  00:59

Yeah, thanks, Jean. And yeah, from, from sunny Singapore. So I’m originally from Melbourne, but glad to be away from Melbourne as we go through winters. But yeah, Spartans Boxing Clubs. That’s that’s what I do. We started the first club back in 2015 and the concept with Spartans was, was really simple. It was to create community boxing gyms in the community, for the community, and to make boxing accessible to people that may never have thought about boxing before. So typically, you know, if you think about boxing gyms, the typical image that people conjure up is, you know, big, tough guys punching each other in the face. And realistically, when you get into what makes the sport of boxing, one of the really unique things is it’s really great for its fitness benefits. It’s really great for mental health benefits and things like that. So what we were able to do with Spartans Boxing Clubs is we set up gyms that were a safe, inclusive environment. We started teaching boxing to kids as young as four years old. We did boxing classes for women, children, families, and a huge part of our demographic is, you know, working professionals. So, you know, not the typical people that would walk into a spit and sawdust kind of boxing gym. And so, you know, we’ve got lawyers and doctors and CEOs and, you know, all types of people that come into the gym, and they’re just really all about experiencing, you know, the benefits and the community that comes along with with Boxing Clubs. And so we did that well in Singapore, and we turned it into a franchise. And so now we’re sort of spread out right across Singapore. We’re now into we’re in Dubai, we’re in Cambodia, Philippines and in Australia as well. Now we launched our first gym down in Melbourne a few months ago, and so, yeah, we’re just sort of spreading that. We do some events and Academy stuff as well. But really the premise is to just make boxing accessible for everybody and let people experience the community of boxing.

Gene Tunny  03:03

Yeah, gotcha. You mentioned you’re trying to make it safe. Can I ask you about that? Because there are obviously a lot of concerns about boxing, and concerns about, I mean, boxers getting brain injuries, having long term conditions because of boxing, how do you ensure the safety of people who participate?

Russell Harrison  03:26

Yeah, look really great question, and that’s probably one of the the main ones that we get, especially with kids. You know, when parents put their kids into boxing, the first question that they ask us, is my kid going to end up with some sort of brain damage? Yeah. Now it’s really important to distinguish between, you know, boxing as the sport you know, so the, you know, the typical sort of famous faces that you see, the Mike Tyson’s, and you know, any professional boxers compared to, say, somebody that is taking part in boxing training for fitness benefits. And so, you know, one of the key things with that is that, you know, most of our members who join and come and box, they never compete, they never spar. And, you know, they’re not getting into the ring and getting punched in the face, so to speak. They’re learning technique. They’re learning how to box. They’re getting all of the fitness benefits, but they’re not necessarily getting in there and, you know, getting punched. And I think that’s another important sort of distinction, is, when we look at sort of, you know, the negative press, like you see boxes that have acquired brain injuries and those sorts of things, you know, it’s really, it’s a high level of boxing with, you know, really big punches, guys that are really strong and professional at what they do, hitting each Other repetitively over a long period of time. Yeah. And so, you know, people that are doing it for fitness, that are coming into the gym to experience it for fitness, they’re just not doing that stuff. They’re just not they’re just not getting hit like that. And so that’s really the important distinction. And then, of course, if you do go into that avenue of, okay, look, I do want to do sparring or. You know, I do want to compete, then obviously, there’s ways in which you can try and make sure that that’s that’s done safely, yeah, and so, you know, if we take kids, or if we take, you know, our lawyers, who may think that they want a box when they do their sparring, you know, they’re using headgear, they’re using the right type of safety equipment, you supervise. And so you make sure that it’s done in a way that people aren’t just getting, you know, bashed up.

Gene Tunny  05:23

Yeah, yeah, good point. And you’ve had a professional or semi professional boxing career yourself, have you? Yeah,

Russell Harrison  05:31

you’d call it semi professional, you know, I’ve had a handful of fights over the years. And, you know, I started boxing when I was a kid. I got put in boxing gyms when I was really young. I’ve been in and around boxing and martial arts since I was about eight years old. So I’ve competed in martial arts and boxing ever since I was young. But yeah, I’m just too old now, right?

Gene Tunny  05:55

Well, yeah, happens to us all, doesn’t it? And what do you see as a fitness benefits? What, what’s so good about boxing relative to, say, doing CrossFit or, I mean, all the other things, aerobics or whatever else you could do in the gym?

Russell Harrison  06:13

Look, I think there’s a huge amount of benefits. I mean, if you just want to compare, say, the standard fitness benefits that people want to look at. So if you do a one hour boxing session, you can easily burn 800 or 1000 calories. So if you were to just take, you know, the part that most people are interested in when they talk about fitness, you know, you’re absolutely torching calories. I think for me, and you know, I’m obviously an advocate and a lover of boxing, but I think one of the things that makes boxing really unique is that there is, there’s still a mastery of the sport, right? And so it is a martial art. And so, you know, unlike you may go into CrossFit, and by the way, nothing wrong with our CrossFit buddies around, but you may go into a CrossFit gym and you do a series of movements, and kind of, once you’ve learned it, well, you can get fitter, or you can burn more calories, or you can get a little bit stronger, but there’s not necessarily the art to it, the martial art to it. And so one of the beautiful things about boxing is, you know, you’re forever learning. And I think probably one of the other things that we talk a lot about within our business, we have a section of our business called Spartans mind, and this is where we’ve linked boxing programs to mental health programs, one of the first types of programs that’s been done around the world. And you know what we, a lot of people, talk about these days is, you know, terms like mindfulness. And you know, boxing is the ultimate form of mindfulness. When you’re there and you’ve got somebody in front of you and you’ve got, you know, punches coming towards you, you really have to be in that moment. So being locked in and having that level of concentration, there’s really huge benefits as well, with regards to your sort of mental, mental proficiency and this sort of stuff. So the other part as well, and this leads on to a complete different demographic. There is a fair body of research around boxing and the benefits with Parkinson’s. So for the elderly and people that have experienced issues with Parkinson’s, there is a body of research that talks around the benefits of boxing for that too. So the overall health and fitness benefits are really wide and varied, which stick to both physical and mental health, right? Okay,

Gene Tunny  08:23

interested in if you’ve got any links, please shoot them through. That sounds interesting. I mean, them doing the training, not necessarily hopping in the ring and sparring with someone, just doing the training and precisely. And what does it look like? Russ? I mean, there’s the work you do in the gym, there’s the, you know, hitting the punching bag, there’s the Speedball, or whatever it is. I mean, what do you what sort of training is it? And jog? I mean, running. What are you doing? What are you doing? All of the

Russell Harrison  08:49

all of the above, yeah. And, okay, you know, that’s one of the really interesting things about people that are training for boxing. It’s a really, there’s some statistics that float around. I’ll send you some of these links in terms of difficulty of sport, boxing is ranked as one of the top three most difficult sports to not just master, but to do. Because, as you’d mentioned before, you know, there’s all different types of things that you will use, and there’s all different types of fitness that you need. So you know, there’s cardio fitness, there’s Strength Fitness, there’s all of the mastery as well, which I’d mentioned before, yeah, but just to sort of paint the picture for someone that’s not come into the gym, you know, we work on things like agility and stretching. So again, you know, if we go into demographics of, you know, the elderly or senior folks, a lot of that agility and stretching type stuff is very, very helpful. You know, there’s jumping, skipping, Skip rope, so that, you know, that’s sort of the old, you know, stereotypical boxing thing. But, you know, skipping rope is synonymous with boxing gyms. There’s shadow boxing, so actually learning the technique. There’s pad work, there’s bag work. The Speedball is a sexy one. Yeah, everybody. Know, if you can master the Speedball, that looks great. Most people, they can’t get it that well. And then, of course, there’s, you know, all of the partner drills and sparring and all that sort of stuff. So it’s, it’s really wide and varied,

Gene Tunny  10:13

yeah, gotcha. Gotcha, okay. And I’m interested in, you know the fact that you’ve started in Singapore, and then you you’ve gone to Dubai and to Cambodia? Is it Cambodia?

Russell Harrison  10:27

Yeah, Cambodia, Philippines, Australia as well, and now

Gene Tunny  10:31

you come into Australia. So I’m just wondering now, I mean, you probably, I’m sure you’ve worked it all out, but are you concerned about the higher cost of doing business in Australia, regulatory issues. I mean, there’s, yeah, we’ve, we’ve had this pickup in insolvencies. I don’t know if you’ve seen the the statistics. There’s a lot of concern about all the economy slowing down and and I know you’re looking more long term, but like, how do you feel expanding into the Australian market? Are you are you hesitant? Or are you excited? What? How are you how are you thinking about that?

Russell Harrison  11:05

Yeah, great question. Again, probably all of the above. We’re excited. We tried to get into Australia for quite some time. And I think one of the really nice things about the Australian market so we are in the fitness franchising space. And so, you know, franchising laws in Australia are some of the most stringent in the world. Yep, you know, you’ve sort of got the US and Australia, which are really sort of the high benchmarks. And I think that’s great, because obviously that makes barriers to entry much higher. So it took us some time to enter the Australian market. I think when we compare markets that we’re used to, so if you look at or not that we’re used to, but where we started, if you look at Singapore and Dubai, you know, costs are doing business, their rents are incredibly high. Yeah. So you know, in comparison, the rents in Australia are much more reasonable. But of course, staffing models need to change in Australia, because cost of staffing is much higher in Australia. So there’s little tweaks that we need to make to our financial model to make sure that our franchises are feasible. And you know, that’s sort of, I guess, one of the key things that we’ve done when we come into the market now, I think what is very interesting in compared to the markets that we’ve been in fitness franchising. In Australia, there’s a huge array of brands that have been incredibly successful, developing great franchise businesses. And the space that we operate in is the boutique fitness space. And so there’s, there’s a bunch of brands that have done really well there, and brands definitely scale in Australia. So I think that’s an exciting thing for us. And if you get into boxing specific as a modality, Australia really is still operating gyms that we consider to be, you know, old school boxing gyms, yeah, the first few boxing gyms that I was in a kid as a kid were, you know, an old Scout hall with a few bags and an ex boxer trainer. And, you know, they’re really sort of your old spit and sorter salt of the earth kind of boxing gyms, but they’re not necessarily accessible to everybody. And so the opportunity for us coming into the Australia market is that we see a real gap there, in the niche that we operate in, which is community driven boxing gyms, making accessible for everybody, but also authentic. And so for us, that’s the reason that it’s quite exciting. And even with the, you know, the sort of broader economic conditions, and I think that’s globally. You know, markets are tough everywhere, and key cost drivers are changing at a rate of knots. I think there’s tweaks that you make to the model in each of those markets, which makes the model definitely one that’s workable.

Gene Tunny  13:52

Okay, that’s good. You mentioned the boutique fitness space in Australia, and that there are some successful brands, just so I understand what exactly you mean by boutique fitness space. Could you just give me some examples, please? Russ,

Russell Harrison  14:06

yeah, sure. So the boutique fitness space is typically categorized by small footprint gyms and class based training. Okay, so if you give me an idea that the the fitness or gym model that most of us grew up on is the big box model. So you know, 10,000 20,000 square foot gym where you know the model is, you have to sign up 1000s of members, and maybe they come or maybe they don’t. That doesn’t really matter, right? And that’s sort of that model that we grew up on, the big box model boutique fitness is characterized by something which is almost the opposite of that. So small footprint gyms, so typically 150 to 200 square meter footprint class based training. So people training together, and it’s typically around different fit. Modalities. And so the most popular modalities in boutique are yoga, pilates, functional fitness, boxing now. So boxing now sits between the third to fifth most book boxing modality in the world for fitness. And so that’s sort of the boutique market that we talk about. And I think the key characteristic with Boutique is it’s all about building communities in and around those those clubs, yeah. And so it’s the real, if you think about it in Australia terms, it’s the real sports club mentality, you know, where the footy club or the cricket club becomes a real feature of that local community. And so you’re trying to do that with different fitness modalities, yeah,

Gene Tunny  15:40

gotcha, okay, I’ve got a couple of questions about your customer base. What’s the gender balance? I mean, is it mostly guys or girls too? I mean, what’s the gender balance?

Russell Harrison  15:52

Really, really great, great question. And I think that’s one of the things that has really allowed us to sort of scale and grow. You know, we’re now about 65% men, right? So that’s a pretty surprising gender split for most people when they hear boxing, I think the you know, if we talk about women’s boxing as a sport globally, there’s a lot going on there. It’s a really, really exciting time. So we are seeing women taking part in perhaps these non traditional female sports, such as boxing or weightlifting as well. So you know, that’s been really interesting for us. And I think probably one of the other things that has driven that gender split for us is we talk a lot about, you bring we do boxing classes for kids. And so one of the things that we talk a lot about is kids bring families, and families build communities. And so we put a huge focus on bringing the kids in, because we want the family to come. And so, you know, a good result for us is kids join dad joins, mum joins, not particularly in that order, but you get the whole family there and they train together.

Gene Tunny  17:02

Gotcha. Okay, that sounds good. I like that. Now you’ve you’ve got your boutique gyms or your Boxing Clubs in Singapore, Dubai and Cambodia. What’s the market like? There? Is it mainly expats in those places, or is it, do you have locals come to the gyms? What’s the market like

Russell Harrison  17:28

in Singapore? It’s heavily local, with some expats. And you know, that’s also got a lot to do with it. We’ve been in operation in Singapore now for nine years, and a lot’s changed. Singapore itself used to be heavily expat, and it’s not so much anymore, right, so, but we’ve always had a heavy skew towards locals in Singapore. In Dubai, it’s pretty much the opposite. And again, that’s based on, you know, Dubai in general, almost everyone in Dubai is an expat. I think it’s about 70 or 80% of the population there is expat. Developing markets is a little bit more interesting, and it really depends on your locations in developing markets. For our concept, we’ve only got one in Cambodia. The concept there is, we’re in a luxury hotel. So there’s a boxing club inside the luxury hotel. So we’re pretty much the mercy of the type of guests that go through the hotel itself. In the Philippines, you’d be surprised, but we’re heavily local. And I think one of the interesting things in developing markets, so whether we talk about the Philippines or Vietnam or Indonesia, or any of these others, is that there is a huge growing middle class in these developing countries. And so bringing in international brands such as ours is really attractive to, you know, those middle class locals, and that’s typically the demographic that we attract in those markets. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  19:01

Gotcha. Okay, that sounds good. Back to the some of the business issues. I’m interested in the fact that, I mean, this is a so it’s a franchise arrangement. You mentioned the regulations around franchises, and I mean, they’re there for a reason, and they’ve been concerns about exploitation of people. Actually should know this. Who’s is it the franchisee who buys the the franchise, or are you the franchisor? You’d wear the franchisor. You’re the franchisor. Okay, yeah. How do you get that win? Win for you and the franchisee, what does it look like? Because, I mean, I mean, I know. I don’t expect you’re doing this. I’m trust you’re not. But there’s all of those. They’re all those concerns that there are some dodgy, it looks like there were some dodgy operators, particularly in the food space there, where they’re selling product. To the franchisees, and they have to buy it, but the quality has declined over time. And, you know, there’s just really awful stories. How do you get that win win for you and the franchisees? Yeah.

Russell Harrison  20:11

So look, I think if you talk about Australia, I think the you know, the legislation, the franchising laws in Australia, are very, very clear in terms of how that has to happen. Now, obviously that doesn’t negate everything, but I think probably for us, if we back step from Australia, we set our franchise model up in Singapore, and there’s no franchising laws in Singapore whatsoever. It’s just common law. And so I think one of the key things for us, or the principle that we’ve built our franchise model on, is that we always have to be providing value to the franchisees. So we see our role as innovator and adding value. So when you grow up in a market like Singapore, you just have to provide that value. There’s no legislation or mechanism to protect anybody. So the fact that we grew up in that type of an environment, we really leaned into the fact that what we’re doing has to be advantageous to our franchisees. Now there’s a few things that you can set up commercially that make sure that it’s a win win for everybody. So for instance, the royalties that we charge, we charge percentage of revenue that the franchisees do. We don’t charge flat fees, so there’s a share of success in the commercial model. Yeah. And I think that’s really important one as well. And I think again, if we sort of jump back to Australia, I think one of the things that you have to do is with all of your non disclosure documents and these sorts of things. You can’t mandate a franchisee using a certain supplier. They’re able to go out and source their suppliers as long as they can, you know, do things according to spec, yeah. So as the part of the franchise model, of course, you will provide options. And I think, you know you need to, you need to outline who the suppliers are and what the relationships are. So that’s all done really clearly in Australia. But that is one of the things in franchising that we’ve always got to make sure that we’re aware of, because there are plenty of cautionary tales around of, you know, franchisees getting the raw end of the stick. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  22:18

gotcha. And how do you like do you vet the people who get the franchise? I mean, what’s the what’s the process like, if say, I want to set up a boxing gym or Spartans Boxing Club, do I make an application and you you’ve interviewed me? Or what’s the process look like? Russ,

Russell Harrison  22:35

yeah. So look, it’s a pretty extensive process. You know, other than sort of buying a house. This is typically the largest purchase that a lot of people will make. Yeah, you know, we’re typically talking to franchisees anywhere from three to 12 months before they actually bite the bullet and decide that they’re going to do it. The process itself usually involves about six to eight rounds of calls and interviews, then there’s KYC, there’s application forms and all of that that goes along with it. And you know, I guess my background before running the boxing gyms, I was a 15 year recruitment guy, so you know, we’ve built in some pretty robust recruitment processes and procedures as well throughout that process, but it’s pretty extensive. There’s a lot that goes into it. You know, quite often we want someone, they might not necessarily want us, and vice versa, yeah.

Gene Tunny  23:36

And so you’ll have, you’ll have an operation here in Australia. So you’ve got to set up a company in Australia or a subsidiary in Australia, and you will have people, will you, and you will be checking that the quality is at the right level. They’re delivering what they need to do as franchisees,

Russell Harrison  23:54

correct, correct. So, if you like the so in terms of the corporate structure, so we’ve got a an Australian company which is 100% owned subsidiary of our HQ from here in Singapore, yeah, so, and that’s very important, because obviously, with the franchising laws and that sort of thing is all relevant to that business, the backbone of, you know, quality standards, audits, process, procedures, and all of that sort of stuff is built around our digitized franchise management system. So everything that the franchisee needs to do, from onboarding to training to audit to dashboards, analytics to time, sheeting, inventory, all of that is built around the technology. So we can basically see how that business is being run from anywhere in the world, gotcha. But then at the same time, obviously we need to, you know, we have to go into the gyms themselves, make sure that they look and feel how they’re supposed to feel. And I think one of the key things to highlight with our business, because it is sports and. Fitness coaching is a huge part of that quality and standards process, and so we have something called Spartans Boxing Academy, and that’s where we’ve basically set up our own accreditation courses to make sure that all of our boxing coaches go through a process to be able to safe and properly coach boxing the way that we want that rolled out, and so we roll that Academy out globally, so any coaches that coach in our gyms have to meet certain quality standards.

Gene Tunny  25:32

Gotcha. Okay. Okay. That makes sense. That makes sense. So you mentioned KYC before, know your customer. That makes sense, that you’ve got to do that. Can I ask you what what happened with F 45 I mean, I’ve seen all this news about F 45 Jim’s collapsing. Are you worried about that sort of thing? Do you know what the story is there?

Russell Harrison  25:52

Yeah, I know it very well, very well. I mean, F 45 for anybody in my line of work, was the North Star for a long time, right? Fantastic business, an amazing concept. And you know, the growth trajectory of that business was nothing short of amazing. I’ll be careful how I answer this. Okay, they went for IPO, and they listed the business on the NASDAQ, and to get it to that IPO, they obviously, they grew that. They grew it hard, right? And so, at least from afar, you know, they had X number of units sold globally, which were obviously on the books but weren’t yet opened and delivered. And they had a huge backlog in terms of opening and stuff like that. And so I think that’s where they started to encounter some, some issues. Long story short, they got delisted a little while after, and that’s sort of when it really hit the, you know, hit the press and that sort of thing. I think I don’t know what their failure rates are in F 40 fives now, and I think that’s a one of the key metrics that franchises are measured on three year ROI, as well as failure rates. Yeah, I don’t know whether or not they had higher failure rates or not, but I do know that the winners were winners in F 40 fives and the others weren’t so much. But also, covid happened to those guys. So, you know, there’s a lot. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  27:24

I just saw all the media about it. I thought, oh, that doesn’t look good. And I just wonder if that’s something that makes you hesitant about gyms. And, yeah, I mean, I mean, it’s a big risk opening a business, as you know. And, yeah, I mean, good, good luck. I mean, I hope, hope it works out. And I mean, it sounds like you got to, got it worked out. You got a good system. You’ve, you’ve tested it in these other markets. And I must say, I do, I do like the concept. I like, I like the idea. So it’s, it’s definitely good in that regard. So, yeah,

Russell Harrison  27:56

I think just on, you know, on that sort of, you know, the F 45 or even any fitness franchise globally. You know, we pay a lot of attention to the North Stars. There’s some amazing brands. A lot of them have come out of Australia, yeah, and not necessarily the global giants. You know, some of the sort of mid tier fitness franchise brands that have come out of Australia are amazing. So I think for us, we do sort of two things. We look at the North Stars, and we keep a close eye on those guys, and then we probably keep a closer eye on the cautionary tales. Yeah, and, you know, we try and make sure that we act accordingly.

Gene Tunny  28:34

Yeah, what are some of the mid you mentioned, mid tier fitness groups or companies that have come out of Australia. Are there any that really excite you? Mean, what are some that you would you would say are worth looking at?

Russell Harrison  28:50

Yeah, absolutely. I think probably the most successful one out of odd reason oz recently is BFT so body fit training, yep, yep. So they’ve done incredibly well. They’re in a functional fitness space. There’s a few others in that space as well. Fitstop, out of Australia, has done incredibly well. Yeah, they’ve expanded into the US markets. If you go further down and into a different modality, you’ve got Pilates cakes, pilates, who were out of Queensland originally. I believe they’ve done really, really well in the boxing fitness space. Danny Green’s business, ubX, they’ve done a really good job at Circuit style boxing training. So quite different to what we do. They’re out of Oz as well. So, you know, there’s, if you look at the Asia Pacific region, when you go along to sort of, you know, any conferences and that sort of thing, there’s heaps of brands out of Australia that are really well looked up to,

Gene Tunny  29:54

right? So we’re punching above our weight, so to speak. So that’s so to speak.

Russell Harrison  29:58

No pun intended. And very good on the functional

Gene Tunny  30:02

fitness, just so I understand it. This is where you got the is this kettlebells, and this is the sled you’re pushing. The sled loaded with weights, that sort of thing, battle ropes, or whatever they are, yeah, that

Russell Harrison  30:15

sort of stuff, you know, body weight exercises, you know, pull ups, you know, all that kind of stuff. So look really simple modalities, but just engaging for people. And I think one of the what all of the really great brands have done, and again, talking about North Stars, this is something that we do. They’ve harnessed technology in really simple concepts. And so for the average punter off the street, what you’re able to do is you’re able to show progress. Essentially, what members buy from any fitness business is accountability and motivation, right? And the best way to do that is to be able to track progress. And so technology plays a huge part. So when we look at functional fitness, the best brands have done a really great job at gamifying that and, you know, bringing technology to the fore. You know, that’s what we’ve done in the boxing space. If you go into a Spartans boxing gym, on the punching bags, there’s a sensor, so when you you hit the bag, it tells you how many times you’ve hit it, it tells you how hard you’ve hit it, and it keeps a score up on the screen. And so you can compete against your friends. You and I not, might not want to punch each other in the face gene, but it’s still nice to have that competition. So you know, we both see a score up on the board, yeah, creates that friendly competition, and then people get sent those scores as well. So I think all of the good boutique fitness brands have done that well

Gene Tunny  31:40

now that you mentioned that, I mean, that raises the possibility of extended reality, virtual reality, doesn’t it? Is that something you’re looking at?

Russell Harrison  31:48

Absolutely? Yeah, absolutely. And so to give you an idea, the technology that we use coming up, try not to make this session time sensitive. But so coming up next month, we’re doing a global competition against all of our gyms, where the gyms can compete to who gets, you know, who racks up the top scores for this punching technology. You can do it by gym. You can do it by individual. And so we’re rolling that out as a global competition. And again, that’s just a tool for members to be able to engage, be able to see progress, and you want people coming back. And if you link that to what I was saying before, in terms of the big box model, one of the key features to Boutique is you may only have a few 100 members in your gym, but you want them in there, 345, times a week. And that is how you create communities, and that’s how they become really sticky,

Gene Tunny  32:52

yeah, gotcha Okay, right? And in terms of the like it is boutique, you got fewer members in the big box gyms now they’ve got they’ve got a bigger floor area, they’ve got more gear. I’m just thinking, how does the price, or the cost per member compare with the big box gyms?

Russell Harrison  33:13

Yeah, so cost per member, we’re typically a premium so Boutique is premium price, okay, right? And so that’s how the sort of economics of it works. But again, if you look at just sort of a, you know, gym level economics, and this is one of the benefits to our franchisees, yeah, the break even number of members on a boutique gym is much lower than, say, a big box, yeah, you know. So typically in our gyms, you’re looking at 120 to 140 members to break even. Yeah, right. And so that’s one of the real attractive things for our franchisees. They can get to their OPEX break even by launch or within the first few months of running the gym, and they’re typically profitable from year one. So you know, if you look at that as an investment in comparison to, say, doing big box, where you need 1000s of members to break even, and your ROI is typically, you know, beyond seven to 10 years on big box. You know, within boutique, it’s much shorter, right? Your ROI in boutique can be anywhere from three to seven years. Gotcha

Gene Tunny  34:17

buy a premium price. What do you mean? You mean 20% 50% 100%

Russell Harrison  34:25

it depends. It depends because, so if you use Australia as an example, yeah, the industry is quite fragmented. So you know, you can walk into a gym down in a local neighborhood, and you know, it might cost you five bucks an entry, whereas, you know, if you go and do another gym, similar concept, that might cost you 120 bucks a month. So, but to give you an idea, in Australia, a boutique fitness membership is typically going to cost you around 220 to 280 bucks a month. Okay? Boutique, yeah, right, yeah, some of them will probably. Maybe premium out over that, whereas, if you take a big box type membership, they could be anywhere from, you know, 80 to 120 bucks a month. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  35:09

yeah, gotcha. Okay, yeah, that makes sense, right? Okay. Well, before we wrap up, I’m keen to ask you about the corporate side of things. And you mentioned you have lawyers and professionals that are coming to your to your gyms. I mean, what do you see as the benefits for them? I mean, it’s about fitness, which is a good thing in itself. But do you see that this translates into higher productivity? You know, healthier people, less absenteeism. I mean, this is one of the things I’ve been interested in, is there an ROI from doing this training, which might make it beneficial for companies to invest in this sort of thing? Are you able to talk about that? Please? Russ,

Russell Harrison  35:51

so I can’t talk about it from an ROI point of view for companies. I’m not sort of, you know, the corporate wellness guy within a corporate but what I can talk about is that, you know, all companies these days have got, you know, well structured corporate wellness programs, as we know, you know, they can go anywhere from EAP all the way through to really simple stuff, like, you know, bulk Purchase of jib memberships. Yeah, I think probably post covid, one of the things that both corporates and businesses like mine have really leaned into is this whole concept of holistic wellness, yeah, and so, you know, the doctor or lawyer who comes into a Spartans boxing gym, and, you know, punches the bag three or four times a week. Yeah, sure, he might torch some calories, but in terms of the benefits for him, in terms of stress relief, in terms of, you know, mental health, you know, in fact, I mentioned this before, but we’d set up this arm of our business a few years ago. There’s a guy that works within Spartans by the name of Dr Paul Englert. So he’s a PhD. He specializes in a few different things around corporate leadership and stuff like that. Yeah, that’s his wheelhouse. Yeah. He’s his PhD thesis was on something called future selves, which is sort of a segment set of cognitive ideas around, you know, how people create a version of themselves across different areas of their their lives. Yeah, and so through all of that thinking and boxing programs and stuff like that, we created this concept of Spartans mind. And Spartans mind is the part of our business which focuses on holistic health. So it’s not just telling the doctors and lawyers, Hey, come on in because you want to punch something and you know, you’ll lose a little bit of weight. It’s the whole thing. It’s stress relief, it’s being able to tap into mental health services. So we link up with psychologists and psychotherapists, where, if they’re giving somebody type of therapy, and it may not be some serious pathology, it could be something like, Hey, I need help with stress or anxiety or whatever else. They will plug their patients into our programs. And so I think the general consensus, even just anecdotally, is that this idea of holistic hellness, holistic wellness is, you know, that’s the way the world is most definitely going,

Gene Tunny  38:22

Yeah, absolutely. And Spartans or Spartans minds or Spartan mines, is that part of your core offering, or is that an extra? That’s something extra you have to pay for?

Russell Harrison  38:33

No, so it’s you’d have to pay for it. So just to give you a real quick sort of, the main three pillars of our business are gyms, events and the Academy, okay, the three main pillars of the business and Spartans mind underpins all of that. So it’s like an enabler of our business. Within Spartans mind, we’ve got different programs. So we have a program where we help help youth at risk and ex offenders. So there’s programs built around getting those groups into into boxing programs, as well as counseling programs. We have another program which helps people to optimize so, you know, the everyday person off the street to make sure that they’re getting the best out of themselves. And the other program is the one that I’d mentioned before, which is repair, so we partner up with psychologists and where people are getting help with therapy, the psychologists plug them into our boxing programs. So it’s not an additional charge. It’s part of the DNA of what we do. We just were able to put a bit of a brand across it. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  39:36

yeah. I imagine that’s difficult. I mean, it’s good. You’re doing it, but working with ex offenders, because they face all sorts of challenges reintegrating into the community, and if they don’t reintegrate, then they’re more likely to reoffend and go back to prison. So it’s good that you’re you’re doing that. That’s more of a comment. No need to respond. I have to ask you. Mentioned before you talked about bulk purchase of gym memberships, there was a term. You used EAP,

Russell Harrison  40:01

yeah, yep. So the employee assistance programs, you know, companies have been, yep, doing those for years. And I think, you know, again, I when I was jumping on this to talk about the sort of corporate wellness stuff, I wanted to make sure that I didn’t sort of step outside of my my wheelhouse, there’s, there’s some really sophisticated models for the way that corporates now buy, you know, the total wellness package, and that could be anything from what we do fitness. And there’s some people who are much, much smarter than me, who design those overall programs and also sell those programs on the fitness side, yeah. But I’ve, you know, from where we sit as the, let’s call us the vendor as the operator. You know, we’ve seen amazing things, not just in in Singapore, but in Dubai as well. You know, I’ll just give you a sort of, maybe a couple of examples of

Gene Tunny  40:58

fuel that is

Russell Harrison  41:01

probably the one of the better ones that I’ve seen here in Singapore is done through one of the international schools here, and they have somebody that runs their sort of entire PE and wellness program. What this guy does? He basically brings in faculty, students, PTA the entire school community, and taps them into not just fitness programs, but wellness events. Wellness could be anything from, you know, fitness all the way through to, you know, mental health and wellness, you know, retreats, all of that sort of stuff. But they basically build this into the fabric of the entire school community. And so, you know, they have people participating in triathlons, they do bodybuilding competitions, they come along to the boxing gym. But I think the beauty of what they do, and the reason that I see that as a real best in class, is because they really get the school community behind it, everybody. So that’s a really great example. I think a couple of the big banks in Singapore do varying things, from health and wellness events through to team building events. You know, we constantly have groups of bankers coming through boxing and, you know, they usually want to hit each other, but trying to avoid them from doing that. And then, you know, one of the other things that I I see, which is really unique, you know, I’ve got a recruitment business here. We do something that’s called boxing and beers. And so, you know, Friday afternoon, we get a bunch of clients all come along. They all train together. Most of them have never boxed, trained together, sweat together, and after that, there’s a networking event with beers. Now, obviously that’s not corporate wellness event. That’s not corporate wellness per se, but it most definitely talks to that corporate audience.

Gene Tunny  42:51

Yeah, yeah. Okay, that’s it. All sounds all. Sounds good. Russ, this has been terrific. I’ve really enjoyed learning about what you’re up to with your your Boxing Clubs there with Spartans Boxing Club, it’s been, been a really. It’s great what you’re doing, and I hope it does go well in Australia. Anything else before we wrap up? Anything you would like to have covered, anything you think’s important for for us to know at the moment about what you’re up to with Spartans.

Russell Harrison  43:26

No, I appreciate you saying that gene. One thing that I will mention because it’s, again, it’s relevant to corporates. With our events business, we have a concept called White Collar boxing, and this is, as the name suggests, you know, some people, high performing individuals, want to run marathons, and some people want to climb climb Everest. We’ve got a crazy bunch of people that decide they want to have a boxing fight. And so, you know, the demographic that we attract is typically, you know, CEOs, MDS, founders of companies, entrepreneurs, bankers, etc. And through this process, they sign themselves up for a 12 week training camp. They come in, they train and act like fighters for 12 weeks. And at the end of it, it culminates in a black tie event, a huge gala event at a five star hotel, all the food, all the booze, and we put on a huge gala event for them. And, you know, it’s surprising the number of CEOs that you see that go through this event and their WhatsApp picture after that is them at their, you know, their boxing thing. So, you know, that’s the only other thing that I’d say that’s really geared towards corporates. That’s the demographic there. So we bring people’s networks together through these events, and they’re an incredible spectacle. So we’ll do those in Oz next year. We’ve got two in Dubai, one in Singapore this year, but we’ll launch those in Australia as well. And. Oh, good. 2025

Gene Tunny  45:00

I expect they’ll be, they’ll be popular. It’s like Fight Club, but classier. So I think it’ll

Russell Harrison  45:06

be, you hit the nail right on the head Fight Club, but classier. Very

Gene Tunny  45:10

good. Okay. Ross Harrison from Spartans Boxing Clubs, this has been terrific. I’ve really enjoyed the conversation. So all the best with it, and I’ll I’ll keep informed about what you’re up to, and yeah, hope to chat with you again someday. So thanks again.

Russell Harrison  45:28

Thanks gene, thanks for your time. Bye.

Credits

Thanks to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business, www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple Podcasts and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

From Academia to Impact: Transforming Workplaces w/ Achyuta Adhvaryu, Good Business Lab – EP251

This episode delves into the work of Good Business Lab (GBL), co-founded by Professor Achyuta Adhvaryu. GBL focuses on innovative workplace interventions to improve worker well-being and firm productivity, and it typically evaluates these interventions using Randomized Controlled Trials (RCTs). Show host Gene Tunny and Ach discuss the effectiveness of soft skills training programs and the importance of worker voice in creating a more engaged and productive workforce. They discuss methodological issues regarding RCTs and whether the Hawthorne effect is a concern. Ach is Tata Chancellor’s Professor of Economics and Director of the 21st Century India Center at UC San Diego.

If you have any questions, comments, or suggestions, please email us at contact@economicsexplored.com  or send a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Apple Podcast and Spotify.

About this episode’s guest: Professor Achyuta Adhvaryu

Achyuta Adhvaryu is the Tata Chancellor’s Professor of Economics at the School of Global Policy and Strategy and is the inaugural director of the 21st Century India Center at UC San Diego. Adhvaryu’s research interests are in development economics, organizational economics and health economics, and his experience in organizational development make him well-suited to lead our new center. Prior to this role, Adhvaryu was a professor at the University of Michigan and an assistant professor at the Yale School of Public Health.

https://gps.ucsd.edu/faculty-directory/achyuta-adhvaryu.html

What’s covered in EP251

  • Introduction. (0:00)
  • Achyuta’s Early Career and Research in East Africa (1:53)
  • Historical Examples of Private Sector Impact (17:03)
  • Good Business Lab’s Approach and Findings (21:45)
  • Methodology and Measurement of Impact (37:56)
  • Hawthorne Effect and Replication of Findings (43:33)
  • Economic Development and Convergence (49:44)

Takeaways

  1. Soft skills training can significantly improve productivity, even in blue-collar settings.
  2. Worker voice, when effectively harnessed, can reduce turnover and absenteeism while boosting productivity.
  3. Good Business Lab demonstrates the practical value of academic research when applied to real-world business challenges.
  4. A growing body of evidence supports the integration of worker wellbeing initiatives into business strategies globally.

Links relevant to the conversation

Good Business Lab:

https://goodbusinesslab.org/

UC San Diego 21st Century India Center that Ach directs:

https://india.ucsd.edu

Lumo Coffee promotion

10% of Lumo Coffee’s Seriously Healthy Organic Coffee.

Website: https://www.lumocoffee.com/10EXPLORED 

Promo code: 10EXPLORED 

Transcript: From Academia to Impact: Transforming Workplaces w/ Achyuta Adhvaryu, Good Business Lab – EP251

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Achyuta Adhvaryu  00:03

You know, Morton Salt did this purely through competitive forces. They wanted to stay in business again. They said, Hey, we better get on board with this thing. And it turns out, you know, they were able to solve a huge public health issue.

Gene Tunny  00:22

Welcome, to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host, Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode. Please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello and welcome to the show. This episode features a conversation with Professor Arch advaio from University of California San Diego arch is the co founder of good business lab, a non profit dedicated to improving worker welfare and firm productivity through innovative interventions. According to the lab’s website, worker well being is good business. We believe that building the business case to support better conditions for workers is the most sustainable way to transform labor markets and enable everyone to reach their economic potential and live a dignified life. Hutch shares his fascinating journey from his early work in East Africa studying healthcare delivery to his current focus on leveraging the private sector to drive positive change. He discusses the lab’s groundbreaking findings, such as the significant productivity gains from soft skills training for garment workers and the importance of empowering workers through improving worker voice, the ability of workers to communicate issues and concerns to management. This conversation offers valuable insights at an intersection of academic research, business practices and economic development. Join us as we explore how arch and his team are bridging the gap between theory and practice to create meaningful impact. One of the highlights for me in this conversation was how arch explained how his interest in economic development was stimulated by his work in East Africa, and that came about because he followed his girlfriend, who later became his wife, to the region. It’s a story that appeals to the romantic in all of us. Thanks to Lumo coffee for sponsoring this episode. This grade one organic specialty coffee from the highlands of Peru is jam packed full of healthy antioxidants. There’s a 10% discount for economics explored listeners. Details are in the show notes, as always, I’d be interested in your thoughts on this episode or others, and any ideas you have for future guests or how I can improve the show. My contact details are in the show notes. Okay, without further ado, let’s dive into the episode. I hope you enjoy it. Arch Welcome to the program.

Achyuta Adhvaryu  03:00

Nice to be here. Thanks for having me on

Gene Tunny  03:03

terrific I’m keen to learn about all the good work that you’re doing with good business lab. Before that, I’m interested in what’s your story in terms of getting to setting up the good business lab with your with your co founders, you did a PhD in Economics from Yale. Could you tell us a bit about what you studied and what led you to this work you’re doing with the good business lab, please?

Achyuta Adhvaryu  03:32

Yeah, sure, that’d be great. So I’m an economist. You know, I have never had a real job in my life. I think been, you know, college student, I went straight to grad school. They went straight to faculty jobs and and, you know, part of that pathway has always been, you know, yearning on my end to not only have impact in the academic sphere and generating knowledge and, you know, producing things that are consumed by the academic, you know, world, but also, kind of having some of my work influence policy making, influence or decisions on the ground and influence people’s lives. That was always the goal, getting into the PhD. And I realized pretty early on, when I was in graduate school and as a junior faculty as an economist, that while we often research things that are, you know, very adjacent to the real world, the sort of esoteric nature of academia and the kind of, you know, way that the knowledge production industry is structured, we’re almost encouraged not to be, you know, get our hands too dirty in the real world. Yeah. So I’ve had. You know, mentors and professors tell me, you know, don’t bother with all this policy stuff. You know, I think if your stuff gets picked up by the policy making world, that’s great, but if not, you know, that’s not what you’re here to do. We’re very strictly sort of trying to push out the knowledge frontier. And I sort of didn’t agree with that notion. And I think actually, I’m, you know, I’m not the only one who felt this way. And one kind of academic generation before me, you know, folks like Esther Duflo and Abhijit Banerjee and Michael Kramer and several others were were kind of forging this path of having one foot in academia and doing really rigorous work that’s informed by the kind of cutting edge, you know, of academic work, but also having a foot in the policy world and dedicating a lot of time and resources towards advancing, you know, policy goals. And in this case, I came to economics with a with a deep desire to impact the lives of of low income populations around the world, much like I think Esther and Abhijit and others. And I think that that journey began actually in East Africa, and a lot of my early work was around healthcare delivery to poor populations. Like, how do you sort of make that more efficient and more universally accessible, especially in kind of remote rural areas where there’s not very much healthcare access. So I was working in that space in Tanzania and Kenya and Uganda and a few other places for the first part of my career. But I think I always acknowledged that at the core of a lot of the stuff that we do as economists, there is a private sector role. So it’s not just about government delivery of policy, of policy, you know, and resources to the poor, while that is a big part of, you know, the safety net and always will be, I felt that there was an under emphasis on understanding the role of the private sector. How could the private sector be involved in delivering, you know, welfare enhancing interventions to poor populations and make their lives better. There are some great examples historically of how this has, you know, been possible, but there wasn’t kind of a clear business rationale for a lot of this, and, you know, lots of things I saw early on in the healthcare space around, you know, trying to distribute medicines to rural, remote populations through these agents who were then kind of paid, you know, and so that you might consider that a private sector framework, a lot of that kind of fell short of what I was really hoping for in academia and in the policy world, which was, can you actually generate a business case for intervening amongst poor populations? And I think that the sort of easiest way you might be able to do that is within large firms that are very labor intensive. So, you know, take your average, you know, manufacturing sector, firm, big place, employees, 1000s of people, all working back jobs, most of them being, you know, low income individuals. Maybe there’s a vested interest there for that business to take care of its workers, and maybe that can actually generate, you know, improvements in their lives that are compatible with the business, uh, functioning as well. So that’s the sort of hypothesis that I felt was under explored, both in academia and kind of in the real world, where you’re seeing more and more sort of conflict between, you know, workers and management and kind of dividing up this fixed pie, or fighting over wages, fighting over benefits and training and all that kind of stuff. You’re seeing strikes all over the world related to this that we’re sort of missing the thread a little bit on maybe there’s an area of common ground where we can all function, and what does that area look like? What are the kinds of interventions that might work? What are the kinds of interventions that have gained traction but don’t actually work? And those are the kinds of questions that I sort of becoming interested in from an academic perspective. And then to your question about good business lab, we realized very quickly, my co founders and I, who started working in this space, in a large garment firm in India, that just publishing academic work was. Just not going to do it. It wasn’t enough to actually move the needle and change the minds and the actions of decision makers who could actually generate impact. So, you know, in addition, the fact that nobody, nobody reads the work that we do, it makes up for a sort of select, you know, group of academic elite, or something like that. It’s also the case that it’s often hard to translate what we’re doing in academia and the questions we’re asking into real world, practical knowledge that can be applied, that can be used to change a policy in a firm, etc. So that’s why we set up Good Business Lab, along with another huja. And we thought, hey, you know, we’re generating some interesting insights here, but they’re going to sort of echo in the in the ether, so to speak, if we don’t really kind of devote serious resources and time and attention towards actually generating some change in people’s thinking. And so that’s sort of how we came up with the concept for the for the NGO, and it’s just grown from

Gene Tunny  11:12

there, right? Okay, geez, a lot to talk about there arch That’s fascinating. A few things I’d like to follow up on, so you ended up working in East Africa. Was that part of a research project? Was that, after you did your PhD, how did you, how did you end up in East Africa?

Achyuta Adhvaryu  11:30

Yeah, that was actually during my PhD, after, after my first year in the it was, to be honest, a little random, I knew I wanted to work in the sort of development economic space, basically the areas of poverty alleviation. I was interested. I was drawn to health care access. And I was, I was dating my wife at the time, who was just starting out, or she was doing her senior thesis in college, and she was going to do it in Tanzania. And I said, Hey, I like this girl. I’m gonna go Tanzania too. So I started blindly emailing my professors and saying, hey, I want to go to Tanzania and look at something related to health and development. What do you think? And I, you know, was fortunate enough, through a chain of emails to be connected to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention The CDC mission in Tanzania. And the head of that mission was a extremely nice man who kind of said, Hey, sure, why don’t you come over and help us with the survey we’re doing, and you know, we’ll see where it goes from there. So I said, Great, this sounds like a wonderful summer, and I get to be, you know, with this girl that I was, you know, head over heels for. So I was excited to do it. That’s the really kind of serendipitous start to the My Work in East Africa. But, you know, I grew to love it. And I think there’s, of course, so many really interesting and meaningful questions to tackle in that space around health and development, I worked in the delivery of a new malaria therapy, because malaria is obviously a huge problem in parts of Sub Saharan Africa, you know, one of the leading killers of kids Around the world. And you know, it’s entirely treatable with therapies that you know you just have to get access to them. So it’s one of these problems of last mile delivery that are both incredibly important, literally life and death questions, and also really interesting from the kind of program delivery and academic perspective of, how do you kind of ensure that all potential beneficiaries receive access? Yeah,

Gene Tunny  13:49

and what did you conclude in that project into because you mentioned before that there are issues with efficiency and accessibility. How did That’s right, yeah, What? What? What type of findings did you end up making?

Achyuta Adhvaryu  14:01

I think there are two broad learnings, one of which was kind of specific to the work that I was doing. And I was around how people learned about new therapy and choose to try it out. Because, you know, the easiest thing to do is kind of default to what you already know. And so if your kid is sick, you say, Okay, I’m gonna go to the drugstore and pick up Chloroquine, or, you know, one of these therapies that has existed for 50 years, but it’s not very anymore. But then you gotta, you know, in the case where that doesn’t work, you might take a gamble and say, hey, the, you know, government clinics got this new artemisinin based combination therapy. Why don’t I give this a shot and see how this works for my child? But kind of taking that leap of faith is costly, because government clinics are very far away from these remote, rural populations. So you know, this meant probably losing out on a couple days of work. And, you know. Walking all the way to the clinic and all that kind of stuff. So my research really was about sort of how people learn, as they kind of experiment with these new therapies, how you might learn about the effectiveness of new therapy, and in a environment where misdiagnosis of malaria was extremely prevalent. So you know, often you just say, I think you have a fever, you should go have some malaria medication. But, you know, half the time it’s not malaria. And so, you know, if you actually had good diagnosis, then you’d get much more effective adoption of treatment, which is the kind of, kind of 10,000 foot takeaway from my dissertation work. But the other thing it taught me was, again, the role that the private sector plays, inevitably, because in all of these villages, there was at least one, what they called Duka, which is like a little shop that sold medicines and is usually staffed by someone who, literally, you know, has no medical experience, no training, etc. It’s just a person who, you know, could get their hands on some meds. And maybe, you know, in a lucky case, it was a, it was a nurse or something, but usually it was somebody who just, you know, my uncle, you know, can get me these medicines. And so I’m going to sell them in the village. And they have no idea about how to diagnose kids with these kind of life threatening diseases, etc, so, you know, but they’re nevertheless that that’s the sort of like first line of defense against malaria and other important diseases, right? Because everybody’s using these guys. So how do you guys started thinking, you know, we can’t just focus on the government clinics, because those are useful, but they’re really far away. Nobody from until they’re really forced to. We really should be focusing a lot on, how do we strengthen the capacity of these guys, who are these shopkeepers and owners? Maybe make them a little bit more in tune with what works and what does and what are the newest therapies, maybe connect them to supply chains, et cetera. So that’s when the wheels started turning. The private sector being an important

Gene Tunny  17:04

player, right? Okay, okay, that’s, that’s all fascinating. And you mentioned, historically, there have been some good examples of private sector doing, you know, positive things for I’m trying to remember what, what exactly you you were saying, but I guess you, I imagine, are you talking about things, organizations like friendly societies. What type of organizations are you? Do you have in mind? Well, you

Achyuta Adhvaryu  17:28

can just, sometimes the the private sector, just doing its thing, just, you know, out there to make a profit, still, kind of tax society. So one great example that I love giving. I’ve done some work on this in an academic paper, is the story of Morton salts, the, you know, big salt company in the US. And, you know, I’m sure you’ve seen that you can, when you go to the grocery store, you can buy salt that’s iodized, which has iodine added and salt as and, you know, we’re all instructed to to buy the iodized kind because it, you know, prevents goiter and, you know, cognitive deficiency. It’s particularly valuable as micronutrient for pregnant moms, etc. So iodine is kind of a really critical to, you know, all kinds of cognitive and brain development. Turns out that most countries in the world, including the US, before the 1920s had just rampant iodine deficiency disorder and depended on where you were. So if you’re near the coast and or, you know, these iodine kind of reserves around the country, then you were okay, because a lot of the sort of plants you ate and the meat that you ate had iodine in there. But if you didn’t, for example, you didn’t eat fish, which is a great source of iodine, or you lived inland or lived in a mountainous region, Switzerland was particularly bad with iodine deficiency then, then you were just not getting enough. And so this actually prompted the government to work with, you know, a bunch of physicians and researchers who had kind of discovered this link between iodine deficiency and cognitive disorder to try to figure out, how are we going to get iodine into the population? And they concluded that one easy way was to add it to salt. It was a very simple process that you could fortify the salt with iodine. And Morton Salt was the largest salt distributor in the country at that time. And you know, the the there’s a doctor at the University of Michigan who actually convinced some local producers in Michigan to say, hey, you know, you guys have a big problem with iodine deficiency. I think it might be a competitive edge for you if you’re competing with this big name Wharton salt, if you just, you know, put iodine in your salt, and you kind of advertise the benefits of that. And. They ended up, you know, being convinced. And they went ahead and did that. And so Morton Salt had to compete with this, you know, new newfangled salt that had iodine. And so they said, Well, you know what, instead of just changing what we’re doing in Michigan, why don’t we offer I iodized salt across the country, and we’ll make it exactly the same price. It was 10 cents at the time for a canister of salt. So we, they said, you know, we’ll have the regular canister and we’ll have the iodine fortified canister, and we’ll, you know, they’re going to be on the shelf, and they’re both going to be 10 cents, and people can do what they want. And of course, it turned out, you know, through good, good messaging and marketing, they made people aware that this was actually a problem, and people chose to go with the iodized salt. It’s so cheap to fortify iodized salt that this sort of really made Morton Salt corner the market, and within a matter of basically 10 years, 15 years, iodine deficiency disorder was erased in the US, except for very remote communities. So that was just like a really wonderful story. You know, Morton Salt did this purely through competitive forces. They wanted to stay in business again. They said, Hey, we better get on board with this thing. And it turns out, you know, they were able to solve a huge public health issue that had massive implications for cognitive ability, and, you know, rates of goiter medical condition in the US.

Gene Tunny  21:29

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  21:35

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with adept economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding, submissions, cost benefit analysis, studies and economic modeling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, http://www.adeptecconomics.com.au, we’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  22:04

Now. Back to the show, arch. Can I ask about now Good Business Lab, so we’re up to, would be good to talk about that? So you mentioned you were studying development economics, and there was a view among some academics, or don’t get your hands dirty, but you saw that there are a lot of good insights from development economics that could be applied in the real world or some of the research that was occurring. You mentioned colleagues of yours, the flow and and Banerjee, is it? Yep, and you’ve got your your good business lab, you’ve set up this NGO or this nonprofit, and you’re looking at your, you mentioned, large firms, labor intensive, and potentially, there’s some interventions that can be undertaken to to get better outcomes. Can you tell us about some of the the work you’ve been doing with good business lab and how you’re trying to get those better outcomes in business, please.

Achyuta Adhvaryu  23:03

Yeah, sure. So that’s, you know, it’s a, it’s a big blank slate when we started out in terms of what might work, right? So I think there’s lots out there that people, you know, with reasonable amount of common sense might think, okay, if your workers are really poor and unhealthy, for example, then improving their health a little bit in the workplace might actually generate some, some gains, you know, for them, and also kind of be useful for the firm. They might they might be more productive at that work. They might be able to do more. They might be absent less. They might stick around longer. Same thing with skills, you know, it’s another big bucket. Lots of firms provide skills to workers, and the idea is that, you know, well, if you, if you make the worker more productive by providing the skills on the job, then they might generate more productivity for you, and also kind of stick around longer, etc, but a lot of these theories were kind of untested, right? So there was a lot of kind of going with your gut here in terms of what firms were doing and also what academics were advocating for, right? And the NGO sector was advocating for so we came into the space and said, Look, some of these things may actually work, and they might actually be great. Some of them may not, and might actually generate, you know, either nothing for workers or may not actually feed back into any kind of productivity or profit for the firm, in which case, let’s not spend resources on that stuff. So can we actually generate a menu of things that firms can look at and say, I want to invest in my workers in a way that benefits them, and also then in some way? Comes back to me some and affects my bottom line that we can generate. What does it look like? What are the types of interventions? So we went in on on some of the most obvious ones first. So the first kind of set of studies we did were around skilling inside the firm, and in particular, we focused on soft skills, which is actually, you know, a little counterintuitive for most people, when you’re thinking about a blue collar workforce, right? Like imagine a factory worker on a production line. What good is, you know, leadership and communication and teamwork skills and conscientiousness and all this kind of stuff that you usually think about when you are thinking about soft skills. What good is it for that worker? Right? We usually think that those are skills that white collar workers might use, that you know, a good CEO should have, etc. Turns out that, according to our research, those skills actually end up being incredibly important, even for frontline workers. And start, you know, digging a little past the surface, you sort of start to understand why. It’s because the production line is really just a large team, right? And you’ve got 50 other team members on that line, or 70 other team members. You’ve got a boss you’re communicating with. There’s lots of stuff that you need to do on that line that has nothing to do with the technical skills, like, you know, putting a car part on a car, or, you know, stitching together the sleeves of a T shirt or whatever, right? All this stuff that you know you’re doing on the on the factory floor is also related to how you know, skilled you are at communicating with your team members, right? So, if there’s a, if there’s a, you know, a block in, in the line that’s kind of slowing you down. You have to look back and say, Hey, can I help what’s the problem? How do we, you know, how do we speed things up? If there’s, you know, a problem with your machine, you have to raise your hand and talk to your boss and say, Hey, there’s, there’s something that’s stuck here. I need some help fixing this. If I’m not feeling well, I might need to raise my hand and say I need some help today. Or if I have a friend who’s not feeling well, I might tell my boss, maybe we should help out. You know my friend over there, because, you know, Gene’s not feeling well today, and he’s he’s likely to be unproductive. All of those things are soft skills. And you know that seems easy enough to do, you know if, if you went to good schools, had a good education, you know, grew up in a good community that sort of fostered those kinds of communication and teamwork and leadership skills and patience, etc, then those things are sort of ingrained in you already, but for people from low income backgrounds, that’s often not the case, right? That you know, they went to a school that didn’t teach any of that they might have. You know, not grown up in a family that encourages people to speak up and say what they’re feeling. So you know, for a variety of reasons, they’re coming into the workplace with low levels of these skills, and so just improving those fundamental skills and connecting them to the kinds of activities that that workers do in the workplace generates both kind of increases in the skills that those people have, but also feeds back into productivity. So in one program we evaluated, which is called the PACE program, which is essentially the flagship CSR corporate sustainability program for gap, the clothing company, which was kind of trying to, you know, proliferate across its supplier network all across the world, that program, which is a soft skills training program for female garment workers, generated an 18% improvement in productivity and a net rate of return because of that huge increase In productivity of about 250% after 18 months. So it was a huge, huge, you know, hugely beneficial program, both to workers who really, really thrived after taking the program and to management, because productivity went up substantially. So that was our first kind of foray into the soft skills space, and since then, we’ve run several other trials that have basically confirmed the importance of soft skills in the workplace. So we did this at a higher up level, which I can talk about more if you’d like, but that was a managerial training program we evaluated, which we developed ourselves based. On firsthand, on managers in these garment firms that we’re working in, and that also generated six or 7% increases in productivity. And given that it wasn’t very expensive, a program to implement, the rate of return was was astronomical. So the program, you know, returns about 50 or 60x in the two year period. Kind of following programs implementation to the firm, which is kind of about as good a rate of return as you’ll ever get on any intervention. So I think, through a variety of work, you know, I’m convinced, in general, that soft skills at all levels are incredibly important for workers. The other kind of bin that we’ve been working for quite some time in is around worker voice. And so this is the basic idea workers when they don’t feel heard, when they feel like I have a grievance or a concern, and I keep telling my boss about it, but he’s not listening. He’s not changing anything. Or I can’t even speak up to tell my boss about it because I’m fearing repercussions, etc. They feel disempowered, and at the best, you know, they’ll quit and, you know, move on to another firm. But at worst, you know, we see some of the worst examples of this playing out in the strikes and protests sometimes that turn violent all over the world, where workers don’t feel heard enough, and that feeling kind of just boils over and results in a lot of strife. So we kind of have been interested in this space for a long time, especially in environments where you know the union for workers is really supposed to be the megaphone, right for concern, for airing out your grievances for negotiating, you know, with with management on important things like wages and benefits. But in a lot of parts of the world, unions either don’t exist or are extremely weak. You know, they have very low membership for a variety of reasons. You know regulation, you know the court cases against them, you know the sabotage on the part of firms. You know there’s, there’s lots of, lots of, you know, bad stories about this, but basically in a lot of places, you know, you rarely see workers as part of a union. This is true in India, where I work a lot. So, you know, we started thinking about it. You know, in short of that kind of best case scenario of having a union rep that can really advocate for you. How do you kind of air out grievances in a way that kind of results in something changing about your situation. And so we did a series of trials, basically to enhance worker voice through technology. And you know, this could be as simple as just asking you how you’re feeling through a satisfaction survey, or, you know, custom a worker pulse sort of check, or it could be sort of more involved, or, you know, use more technology. For example, there are a lot of apps out there now that that help workers, you know, anonymously convey their messages to HR. So we basically tested all the above, and through a series of trials, we concluded that worker voice is incredibly important. It actually generates a lot of turnover amongst workers when you don’t have appropriate voice for your concerns, and when you provide technology or an intervention that enables people to air out their concerns, if they have them, they leave at lesser rates. They’re less likely to be absent. And in the best case scenarios, especially when you get HR really into it and incentivized to do a good job with these complaints, you can actually increase productivity as well. So you know that work has kind of taught me broadly that worker voices matters a lot, and simple interventions that encourage the voice of workers and encourage HR to respond appropriately in a timely manner can make a big difference for workers and also for the bottom line. Rod,

Gene Tunny  34:55

okay, that’s fascinating. I’ve got a couple of few follow up questions. It’s first on that worker voice one. So is it the fact that you mentioned there’s improved productivity? Is it? Do you know what the mechanism is? Is it the fact that HR resolves whatever dispute there was, or is it just the fact that the worker feels better, they’re less likely to slack off, or that, or they’ll work a lot harder, like, because you’ve got some choice into the level of work effort you put in any job, okay,

Achyuta Adhvaryu  35:28

yeah, yeah. So I think it’s a combination of those. So, you know, part of, part of the, the mechanism here is that I’m kind of more likely to reciprocate, you know, the effort that I’m you know, in terms of the sort of effort that I perceive is given to me, right? So, yeah, if I’m over here being like, Hey guys, my supervisor is, like, really yelling at me. He’s not behaving nicely. It’s not that I’ve done anything wrong, and he treats me really badly every day when I come to work and I keep telling HR this, and they don’t do anything. Ultimately, I’m, you know, kind of convinced, like nobody’s paying attention, or if they are, they just don’t care. And that’s potentially going to make me also do the same thing, like, Hey, I’m not going to, you know, put out for like, a, you know, somebody who doesn’t care, care about me, and I’m not going to sort of break my back over, over, you know, creating, you know, more production for these folks who are just not, you know, listening. And I think that that’s what generates absenteeism and turnover and that kind of feeling of not being valued. But there’s also kind of a instrumental feature of voice that I think resembles the Kaizen system, if you’ve heard of that in Toyota, sort of famous management system that Toyota uses to be so efficient in their workplaces. That’s something that you that’s a central tenet of the Kaizen system, is constant feedback and revision of processes. So there’s a constant, you know, we have an open channel from workers to say, do you guys are the ones on the ground. Sometimes we’re not gonna be able to see what the problems are and how they arise and all that. You know, you have a new model of a car in there, you’re gonna have to figure out, you know, how to attach all the parts together. And sometimes they don’t go together exactly how they should, and we have to modify things. The workers are the ones who are gonna be kind of coming up with those ideas first, and if they feed those up, you know, to management, then you can kind of change that process and become more efficient. So having that open channel, in addition to sort of just, you know, allowing workers to air out their grievances and have them be addressed, is also a method of communication within the hierarchy that allows workers to suggest things that might be beneficial or useful, and for those things to then filter up and change processes change the way that production is

Gene Tunny  38:09

done. Yeah. Okay, I’d like to ask about the you mentioned gap clothing company before the female garment workers that had a 18% improvement in productivity. PACE program, right? Yeah, PACE program, right. How do you measure this? How do you set up the like, how do you set up the study? Is it a randomized control trial? Or can you tell us a bit about the methodology please?

Achyuta Adhvaryu  38:35

Yeah, sure. So. I mean, when possible, we use the sort of gold standard for impact measurement, which is a randomized control trial. And, you know, we’re used to this in the post covid world, where we all hearing about the trials that were done on the various covid vaccines and all that, but they’re, you know, it’s pretty simple in the sort of medical setting you usually have, you know, a treatment group that’s randomly selected from a population. And given the, you know, the treatment, or the vaccine or whatever it is, we’re trying to test the impact up, and then we test that against the control group who’s randomly selected and receives the placebo. You know, in most medical cases, or, you know, something similar, that that that might generate placebo effects, but doesn’t actually like convey the the medication or the or the or the vaccine. So same thing happens when you do trials in social science research. You essentially have, you know, a treatment group who gets an intervention and a randomly chosen control group who doesn’t. And depending on the type of intervention it is, you know, you might get a placebo or not have placebo. You might have a blinded trial or not. It also depends on the setting. In our settings, you know. Being these kind of large workplace environments, we often use a method of randomization that essentially amounts to a lottery, because we’re introducing these new programs, these new benefits, and we want to test their effects. And so we often kind of say, hey, we come into these factory settings, and say we’re trying, trying this new program out. If it works, then, you know, there’s a possibility that everybody will get it. But right now, there’s not enough resources to give this, you know, intervention to everybody, so we’re going to try it out on a subset of the folks who are interested. And just to be fair, we’re going to do this totally randomly through a lottery, and so we have everybody sign up to see if they’re interested. When the people that sign up, we run a lottery, and we pick out people will be part of the treatment group, and the, you know, remainder will serve as part of the control. So that’s the sort of basic methodology we use. And it ends up, you know, being quite palatable in a lot of workplace environments, because think a lot of people buy into the idea that there’s something fair about random allocation, right, that, you know, there’s nothing that’s making, you know, you more likely to get it than I am, and that sort of thing. We’re just, there’s a limited resource, and we’re, you know, allocating it in the sort of most fair way possible that allows us to really measure impacts by controlling by tracking the outcomes of the treatment and the control groups over time, and we can figure out what sorts of impacts the program had on workplace, things like productivity and retention and things like that, as as well as you know, survey outcomes like you know or or outcomes that are relevant to workers, like their health or, you know, mental well being or satisfaction. So that’s the sort of methodology that we use. And, you know, in terms of in terms of measurement of productivity, that I think, is actually a really critical innovation that that I’m proud to say we spend a lot of time on, because we work, we tend to specifically, kind of like, focus on industries where we have labor intensive, you know, production, but, but also we can, in Some way, measure productivity really well, you know? So that sometimes is pretty easy because the firm’s already measuring it like, you know, we work a lot with the retail industry, and there’s really good measures of the items that come through a cash register. So know who’s standing at that cash register, right? Who’s working there, you can track their productivity really, really well. And sometimes it’s a little harder, like, you know, when you’re working on a production line, often the firm doesn’t really care what each particular worker is doing. They just care what the whole line is doing, right? How many T shirts came off this line? How many cars came off this line today, that sort of thing. So there is a little harder and we have to go in and do our own measurements. So we’ve installed all kinds of fancy devices to do that, including tablets and push buttons and, you know, RFIDs on and tags and all kinds of stuff. But we, you know, you know, with the end goal being, what firms really care about is productivity. So if we’re measuring productivity, we’re missing out on a big part of the story. And so that’s what we’ve devoted a lot of, you know, blood, sweat and tears to in our research. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  43:33

okay, that’s it all. Sounds great. Just wondering. Have you given any thought to this? There’s this concept of the Hawthorne effect, that people change their behavior in response to being monitored or taking part in that in a program, and that’s why, you know, it’s good to have some sort of, you know, might be good to have some sort of placebo involved, but in social science research that could be very difficult to do, how do you think about the Hawthorne effect, and how Does it affect your interpretation of your results? Is it something you’re concerned about at all?

Achyuta Adhvaryu  44:04

Yeah, that’s a great question, and we’re definitely concerned about it in most of the trials we do, and something that our academic reviewers are often concerned about when we when we are publishing the work and having it reviewed in academic journal. Because, actually, it turns out, you know, that the Hawthorne effect itself was in a factory, I think, in Hawthorne, Ohio, or something like that, right? Like it was, it was a, is a factory, you know, here in the US, where those original trials were done, and it was actually related to, like, light on the factory floors and things like that, but, but, you know, it’s a very important concept, and I think the you know, short answer is, for some outcomes, you can actually, you. You know, test for Hawthorne effects in a reasonable way. So, for example, if you’ve got a treatment group and a control group, and you know, they’re selected into this experiment, and we, you know, we ran this sign up first, and then we ran a lottery, and we are surveying everybody, you might think that even the control group is kind of changing their behavior, right? Because they’re being monitored, they’re being asked questions, etc. But we usually have that’s usually a sort of a minority of the participants of the workers in any particular factory that we’re working in, right? So doing a trial, it might be several 100 workers in the trial, not the like three or 4000 that are in the factory. So there’s lots of other workers in the factory who we are also passively seeing the outcomes for for certain things like retention, absenteeism, productivity, you know, salary, all these kind of kind of workplace stuff. And so, you know, we can actually look at them and compare them to the treatment group and the control group. To see, are our treatment control groups looking very, very different once, once we start the experiment, start measuring them. The answer, you know, across most of our trials for those kinds of set of outcomes is no, there’s, there’s really no difference in how, in the behavior of, you know, people who are not in the trial versus people who are in the trial, but in the control group or treatment group. So you know, so I think that on those outcomes, sorry, the control group, the treatment group, we hopefully see an effect over time. So those kinds of outcomes, we don’t see big evidence of Hawthorne effects, certain outcomes we can’t really test. Like, for example, if we, if we surveyed everybody in the treatment group and control group, then that might change their behavior. But we’re not surveying people outside of the two groups. So, you know, can’t really tell whether, whether that’s going to sort of like, affect things. Then sometimes there are these, like questions that you you know, survey methodology, questions that that that sort of reveal that some people, some respondents, are actually more likely to be swayed by being observed. And if you can measure that then you can look for whether the treatment effects were bigger or smaller in that group. And so, so we do that sometimes too.

Gene Tunny  47:29

Oh, good. Okay, I have to look at some of your your your papers. That sounds yeah, there’s all of these, all of these tricky methodological issues. I’m sure you’d have clever reviewers, peer reviewers, asking about a couple more questions just before we wrap up. Because this is fascinating. Oh, actually, might be three more questions. What’s the level of replication of these type of findings? Do you see other researchers replicating findings like this? Yeah,

Achyuta Adhvaryu  47:57

yeah, absolutely. So for some of the work that we’ve done, you know, the two examples I’ve mentioned, there’s been really great work that’s come out of the World Bank that followed up on our study and tried to, you know, Institute similar programs around soft skills in, for example, in factories in East Africa, because East Africa has these big manufacturing hubs as well. And similarly, actually, there’s been some work kind of in parallel to ours that looked at soft skills interventions in I believe it was German firms, German retail firms, if I’m not mistaken, and they’re also working with frontline workers. They also found, you know, pretty substantial impacts of soft skills training. There’s another really interesting trial in Togo that a bunch of World Bank researchers did on something called personal initiative training, which essentially involves a lot of soft skills. Then this was for sort of micro enterprise owners. So basically, people who are, like, selling, you know, stuff on in their carts or on the street, or, you know, in these very, very small businesses, I just usually have, you know, the owners, the the only employee, and there too, this kind of soft skills training resulted in huge gains in profit for those micro enterprises. In fact, that trial ran a horse race between soft skills training and the World Bank’s flagship business training program, and that then and beat the pants off the business training program. So that was really interesting trial, too. So in general, I think soft skills, we have really seen a huge growth in in trials and evidence on this that really complements the stuff, most of which was in the US, you know, like Jim Heckman and folks have been thinking about this for a long time in the US. Labor. Market, but hadn’t, kind of made it outside of the US. And then same thing for worker voice, tons of research has emerged right around the same time that we’ve been writing ours trials as well as kind of observational stuff in very varied contexts. There’s a great trial in Chinese auto firms that that looks at improving worker voice and finds big impacts on productivity and retention there. And then there’s a, there’s a great study on improvements in worker voice from kind of white collar firms in Denmark, and that also finds it back. So, you know, I would say in some Scandinavian country, I can’t remember, but, you know, you find very kind of ubiquitous impacts of voice as well. So some of these things I find, you know, it’s nice to see that sometimes, you know, if you do one trial, that’s sort of like it gives you sort of one data point. But then, you know, is that echoed around the world. And can you really say something more general about this? And I think that’s at least in these two domains, we’re seeing very similar findings emerging all around the world.

Gene Tunny  51:13

Yeah, I think I’ve seen that study. Yeah, maybe I can’t remember the country. It may have been Denmark, but yeah, I’m pretty sure I talked about that on a previous podcast episode to dig that out that that’s good. Yeah, yeah. So that’s that’s great. And the final question is, how do you see this as part of the whole convergence, or whole economic development catch up story? Is this a big part of it? How does it compare with other other factors, you know, technological transfer, that sort of thing, how big a part of it is?

Achyuta Adhvaryu  51:50

It was to say two things on that front. I mean, first, I actually think that, you know, a lot of the things we do are, I think, relevant, not only for, you know, workers in low income country contexts, but also low income workers, or workers that are sort of resource poor in in even in high income context. So like, you know, your average and we’ve been starting this work across, across these various contexts, Good Business Lab has an office in Colombia that has been doing a lot of work with firms across Latin America and the Caribbean, and we’re finding exactly the same issues, even though it’s a very different context, generally higher income levels than India and South Asia and East Africa. So, you know, I think you see these issues cropping up with sort of frontline workforces all over the world in terms of convergence. It’s a great question, and I don’t have a numerical answer for you, but I think my intuition is that it does play, you know, a substantial role in some of these interventions kind of do play a substantial role in the kind of, at least, when you’re thinking about productivity differences that we see across countries. Because, you know, there’s some really great work that you know, Shay and kleenow and Chad Severson and other folks have done the macro setting, looking at productivity across countries and finding these astonishing numbers like, you know, the US is something like, you know, 10 times as productive as the worker in India, okay? And even if you control for the kinds of technology that people use, and the industry and a bunch of other things, that even that residual productivity difference is like 4x the average one in India is four times less productive than in the US. And that gap is even bigger if you look at Sub Saharan Africa. So you know, then the real, sort of motivating question behind a lot of my work is what the heck is going on there? That’s crazy, right? That that, you know, even if you take away all these kind of, you know, industry specific, technology specific, capital specific differences, you still get this really low productivity. And my answer to this has been to look at the kinds of inputs that workers are getting, and managerial and organizational inputs that the firm is getting. So on both those fronts, I think that there’s kind of a dearth of for example, like the average worker in the US is going to have slightly more soft skills at baseline than the average worker in India, just because the educational system, the average manager in the US is going to have more managerial skill in the than the average manager in India. So, you know, those kinds of differences, I think, do play a big role in that convergence. If you’ve seen the work by Nick bloom and John Van Reenen. Look a lot of cross country productivity differences, and can attribute a substantial portion of them, you know, I don’t want to quote a number without looking it up, but, you know, it’s a sizable fraction can be attributed to managerial quality differences. So, and I see that as a form of skill as well for workers. So I think, you know, without getting too specific, I do think that this has to play a role. And the more we can, kind of, I think our point is that, in our work, is that sometimes you can, you know, a lot of people think, Well, look, there’s a fixed pie here. The more we give to workers that’s going to make them better off, but it’s going to leave less profit for us, right? And I don’t think that’s necessarily the case. And we’re trying to find counter examples to that intuition such that that common ground can be large enough that firms can feel comfortable living in it.

Gene Tunny  55:57

Yeah, that’s terrific. It’s good work. I’ll put a link in the show notes to Good Business Lab. Is there anything else I should link to? Any anywhere else we can find what you’re up to?

Achyuta Adhvaryu  56:10

Oh sure. Well, if you if you just link to india.ucsd.edu, it’ll take you to the other hat that I wear is that I direct, the 21st century India Center at UC San Diego, which is kind of a policy center related to economics, political science and science and technology policy on India and US India relations. So, you know, we deal with a lot of the same ideas we’ve been kind of talking about in this podcast. But broader than that, there’s lots of fantastic faculty at UC San Diego. It’s really sort of a one of a kind place when it comes to, you know, economics in India. And you can find out much more at that website, but encourage folks to to go check it out, in addition to GBL work.

Gene Tunny  57:02

Oh, terrific. Okay, I’ll have to check that out. Might have to chat sometime in the future about that work. But actually, has been terrific. I really enjoyed this conversation. Yeah, I think it’s, it’s, it’s great that you’re, you’re seeing these positive results and from programs such as worker voice and the the also the soft skills, I think, yeah, that that makes sense intuitively to me. And yeah, I’ll, I’ll make sure that I keep up to date with with what you’re up to. And yeah,

Achyuta Adhvaryu  57:36

that sounds great. Yeah, I appreciate being on and, you know, I will say I was unable, probably did not do justice to the to the breadth of the menu that we’ve been able to create. So I would check out the GBL website if you’d like you know more information, or if you’re interested in getting, you know, involved in what we’re doing. So thanks a lot for highlighting that.

Gene Tunny  57:59

Yeah, no problem. And absolutely. I mean, that’s, yeah, that’s the that’s the challenge with this sort of thing. When you when you’re doing so much good work, how do we cover it in an hour? But yeah, we might have to. I’ll have another look at it, and might have to connect with you again in the future. All the best with the work, and hopefully I’ll connect with you again soon. Thank you. Cheers, righto. Thanks for listening to this episode of economics explored if you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact@economicsexplored.com or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting app lets you, then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

Obsidian  59:07

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode for more content like this, or to begin your own podcasting journey, head on over to obsidian-productions.com.

Credits

Thanks to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business, www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple Podcasts and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

RBA Deputy Governor’s ‘Beware False Prophets’ talk: Reactions w/ Michael Knox – EP250

Show host Gene Tunny and Morgans Chief Economist Michael Knox explore the recent insights Reserve Bank of Australia Deputy Governor Andrew Hauser shared on monetary policy at the 2024 Economic Society of Australia (QLD) business lunch. They examine the RBA’s data-driven approach to interest rates,  the equilibrium real interest rate concept, and the impacts of Quantitative Tightening (QT). Michael is one of Australia’s leading market economists and RBA watchers, and he led the Q&A session with the Deputy Governor at the lunch. 

If you have any questions, comments, or suggestions, please email us at contact@economicsexplored.com  or send a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Apple Podcast and Spotify.

What’s covered in EP250

  • Introduction. (0:00)
  • RBA’s monetary policy decisions and the influence of high US debt on interest rates. (4:13)
  • The equilibrium real interest rate. (10:29)
  • Monetary policy, inflation, and interest rates. (14:16)
  • Central bank balance sheet unwind and its potential impact on interest rates. (21:42)
  • US budget deficits, bond yields, and quantitative tightening. (27:09)
  • Chinese RMB’s decline in international reserve currency status. (34:18)

Takeaways

  1. RBA’s Data-Driven Approach: The Reserve Bank of Australia relies on actual data more than forecasts when making interest rate decisions.
  2. Criticism of Overconfidence: RBA Deputy Governor Andrew Hauser criticised the unwarranted confidence with which some commentators argue for monetary policy moves.
  3. Implications of Quantitative Tightening (QT): The recent period of quantitative easing has complicated the relationship between government budget deficits and bond yields. However, there are concerns that as QT continues and deficits remain high, this relationship could reassert itself and lead to higher long-term interest rates than otherwise.

Links relevant to the conversation

RBA Deputy Governor Andrew Hauser’s Beware False Prophets speech:

https://www.rba.gov.au/speeches/2024/sp-dg-2024-08-12.html

Chris Joye’s article ‘Arrogant RBA boss should stop trying to muffle opponents’:

https://www.afr.com/policy/economy/arrogant-rba-boss-should-stop-trying-to-muffle-opponents-20240813-p5k25p

Kevin M Warsh: Financial market turmoil and the Federal Reserve – the plot thickens 

https://www.bis.org/review/r080415e.pdf

Transcript: RBA Deputy Governor’s ‘Beware False Prophets’ talk: Reactions w/ Michael Knox – EP250

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene, welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host, Gene, Tunny, I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode. Please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello and welcome to the show. This episode features a conversation that I had with Morgan’s chief economist, Michael Knox, it was about a recent event that the Economic Society of Australia, Queensland branch held with the Reserve Bank of Australia. Deputy Governor, Andrew Houser, it was a business lunch on the 12th of August 2024 in Brisbane. And given that I’m the current president of the Queensland branch of the society. I had to welcome everyone and Michael, he introduced the deputy governor and led the Q and A Michael had that role because Morgan’s sponsored the lunch. In his address, the deputy governor spoke about the challenges of setting monetary policy when there’s so much uncertainty, he suggested that some Australian commentators are overconfident in their assessments of what the central bank ought to do. We’ve had some commentators say the reserve bank hasn’t lifted interest rates enough, and we now have some commentators saying the reserve bank should be cutting interest rates because the economic outlook is so bad. Michael and I start off this episode talking about the deputy Governor’s speech, before we move on to a couple of meaty questions that Michael asked the deputy governor. These questions were about the equilibrium real interest rate and the effect of so called quantitative tightening. I get Michael’s reactions to the answers that the deputy governor gave him I should note that both Michael and I were impressed by the Deputy governor’s remarks, but the deputy governor has received some severe criticism in response to them. One of the strongest bits of criticism has come from well known financial economist and fund manager Chris joy. He’s written in the Australian Financial Review the following the newly appointed English Deputy Governor of the Reserve Bank of Australia, Andrew Hauser, apparently has a proclivity for lecturing Aussies on the history of our penal colonies, arrogance, overconfidence, and the importance of Never daring to criticize our supercilious central bank. Okay, so it’s, it’s a speech that has that’s got everyone talking and I mean, as President of the Economic Society of Australia, Queensland on, I am, I’m happy that people are talking about it. People have taken notice of what the deputy governor has said. What do you think about what he said. I’ll be interested in in your thoughts on it. If you want to get in touch, please do so. My contact details are in the show notes. I’d love to hear from you about the deputy Governor’s speech or his responses to Michael’s questions, or any ideas you have on how I can improve the show. I’d love to hear from you. Okay, without further ado, let’s dive into the episode. I hope you enjoy it. Michael Knox, good to be catching up with you. Good to see you too. We had a great economic society of Australia Queensland Business lunch earlier this week with the RBA deputy governor, Andrew Hauser, and you did a great Q and A session with the deputy governor. So I thought what would be good is to just catch up on that, and you know your reactions to his responses, because at least one of them, I think, was not, probably not what you’re expecting, certainly wasn’t what I was expecting. So just interested in your your thoughts on that. But to start with, what did you think generally of the deputy governor’s talk about the wearing urging us to be what is it? Beware of false prophets?

Michael Knox  04:12

Well, when I got up, I asked I before I asked him the scheduled questions that he and I had talked about before the presentation, I said to him, so it’s really true that the RBA makes its decisions on monetary policy on an inter rated basis, one step at a time. At every meeting, they are looking at the data. They are looking at where employment is. They are looking at what the inflation data is saying, and they and they’re looking at all the other variables and then, and then they’re making the decision on the data a step at a time, yes, yeah. And he said, and he said, Yes. He said, does that mean? I. Don’t have to answer any of your other questions.

Gene Tunny  05:06

Yes, I think that was actually something that the Kook, Steven kookis reacted to on Twitter, like when he heard the speech, his initial like he I think he liked the speech, but his reaction to it was, look, the RBA is confirming that they’re only going to move on hard data. They’re not going to move on, you know, people in the business community saying things are tough and you should cut rates now. They’re not going to move on forecasts from market economists as to what’s going to happen. They’re going to be solely focused on hard data, at least that’s what he took out of it.

Michael Knox  05:37

Yeah. Well, I think that, though, what he talked to me about before, before we were when he went up, was the the influence, and not so much the influence. But I think the annoyance of people like Warren Hogan and other economists saying that the rate should, rate should go up, yeah, or another people saying that rates should go down, and they’re more having their own theory on it, yes. And whereas the he felt that they were looking pretty much at everything that they needed to look at and making the decision the right way. And I think the presentation was about how is about? Was about false positives. Yeah, yeah. People make decisions on a view of what the RBA does, which is their view of what the RBA is doing, but the RBA is actually operating in a different way. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  06:28

yeah. I think so too. I think that gave us a really great insight into how the RBA is thinking about the cash rate decision. I thought that was I thought it was really useful. Can I ask you about the questions that you asked the deputy governor. So the first one you asked about was regarding the equilibrium real federal funds rate. Wasn’t it you were asking, you’re talking about, well, Larry. Was it? Larry Summers had argued that because of the Highland Olivier Blanchard and Olivia Blanchard, right? So some pretty heavy hitters, right? Yeah, real heavy hitters. And you are. They’re arguing that the because of the high level of US debt, you mentioned, that sovereign, net sovereign debt for the United States is going to get to 100% of GDP, of their GDP. And what that means is that the equilibrium federal funds rate nominal is 4% which means, in real terms, it’s 2% have I got that? Right? That’s

Michael Knox  07:29

exactly right, right? That’s what they’ve said. And if you look at the Peterson Institute, they in fact, have five published research papers, not just from them, but for other people who’ve done for the Peterson Institute and and they done over time and their empirical research, and they actually come up with the number of each 1% increase in net G debt to GDP increases the the the equilibrium Fed funds rate by a little over four basis points. So you get Right exactly. You get 450 basis points. Is the equilibrium level of of the Fed funds rate at 100% of GDP, the now the now the net debt of 100% of GDP, that’s a forecast from the International Monetary Fund. So if you go on their their quarterly database, and you’ll see the updated forecast for that 100% of GDP. Very interestingly, Andrews come from the Bank of England, yes, and the UK has exactly the same debt problem that their debt, net debt, is now 100% of GDP. So all of that debt that they paid back from North Sea oil and Margaret Thatcher and all of that kind of thing, they blew it all again, and maybe Boris blew a good bit of it, by the look of it. And and so they’re now in as much debt as they’ve ever been. I

Gene Tunny  09:02

mean, it’s like with all the, you know, many advanced economy governments after the financial crisis, there was, we just took we had the view, oh yeah, we’ve got to spend money to deal with this crisis, and then we don’t really have to worry about debt anymore because interest rates are so low. Larry Summers had secular the secular stagnation hypothesis. I think that’s part of it. There’s some changed attitudes. I mean, I don’t agree with that, but that’s what would you should we go over what? How Andrew responded?

Michael Knox  09:34

Okay, Andrew, so the first question was, in your presentation of 27 June, you showed that historically, Australia has been an importer of capital. And I remark that two noted economists, Larry Summers and Olivier Blanchard of the Pearson Institute, have suggested that the high level of us net sovereign debt to GDP, which reaches a. 100% of GDP next year, according to the IMF estimates, will generate an equilibrium Fed funds rate. This is, according to Larry and Olivier, an equilibrium Fed funds rate of not less than 4% that is to say a real rate of around about 2% so does this mean that the equilibrium real short rate in Australia is likely to move to higher a higher level going forward?

Andrew Hauser 10:29

So I think the this concept of equilibrium real exchange rate [NB he means equilibrium real interest rate] is a bit like the supply capacity number in my speech. It’s a latent variable. You can’t go and look for it anywhere, right if you if someone we Bank of England joined the first week. He wrote, and he said, Can somebody tell me where the measure of the equilibrium interest rate is? And some whip rope out? He says, the same place as the NAIRU, you know, and the sustainable level of output. In other words, who knows? And so that’s an important point to start with. Nobody knows the answer to that. Larry Summers is quite good at saying he does know the answer, although sometimes, if you look back over its forecasting record, it’s not quite, doesn’t always follow quite the certainty of his, of his predictions when you so there’s huge uncertainty about what this number is. It is interest when he when he says real rate of 2% he’s been provocative, right? Because if you look at the fomc.so called dots, for example, at the estimate of FOMC members, that’s us monetary policy makers estimates for the long term real interest rate, they have a number like half a percent. It’s quite low the John Williams estimate. John Williams is head of the New York Fed, the US, who’s made a bit of a name at running various models on this is probably somewhere between nought point five and one. So the two is a higher number, and that’s your point, or his point that he thinks it’s going to be higher. There are enormous number of different drivers of this number, right? I mean, ultimately, our star as it were, sorry to use the phrase, our star equilibrium. Real rate is the outcome of equilibrium in the savings and investment market. And if you think about all the things that could drive that, those who think that number, including John and others, is relatively low, will put weight on things like, well, demographics. People get their countries are getting older, so they’re having to dissave Rather than save they’ll put weight on things like productivity. Whereas when, you know, in Australia and elsewhere, productivity rate, growth rates in most Western countries, not the US, actually, but most countries, have been quite low. And we’ll say, Well, look, actually, I don’t buy this number like 2% it’s a lot lower than that. There’ll be others like summers and others who say, Well, look, you know, there’s new shocks and new issues around I mean, I think in talking about the US debt, he must be talking about a risk premium, if that’s right, which is to say, look, there’s so much debt that the US and the 7% deficit of GDP is pretty impressive. Sometimes there’s some they’re issuing so much debt, at some point there’ll be a wobble. There may even be concerns about default risk premium will go up and that our number will go up as people start charging up to lend to the US. And you could think of other reasons too many people who will think that the energy transition, for example, is going to lead to higher investment demand, which will raise that number. You know, who knows? Is the honest answer, whether it’s 2% 1% or half. You asked a question about Australia, and because it’s actually difficult to take no view on this at all, we have a swathe for our own equilibrium, short rate, equilibrium rate, which is similar to that swathe of numbers that I showed you for unemployment. And actually that’s all that has a central point of something like three and a half, three and three quarters in nominal space. Obviously, our current cash rate is a little bit above that. So I think you pay your money and you take your choice. I wouldn’t want to be someone actually trying to invest on the basis of these numbers. Summers may be right, but it may be wildly wrong.

Michael Knox  13:58

Okay, so what I’ve said about that is, if you go to the Peterson Institute website, you’ll find five studies, different done at different periods, and the most recent one is actually that you get, it’s actually four and a half percent, 450 basis points, 100% of GDP. That’s where you concluded. But what the real test of this when Larry Summers was and actually, Larry Summers did this talk last year, yes. So I’d actually saved this question up for a year, because I’ve been, I’ve been I model bonds myself, and I use deficits and that kind of things in my bond models. But the position that Larry Summers was putting when he talked about this last year, was that when the Fed started cutting rates for 535 basis points, it would be difficult to sustainably cut it below 400 basis points. Yeah. Okay, and so when you got to 400 basis points or lower. Up or you got below 400 basis points, there would be some reaction, either in inflation or the US dollar, which might would make it difficult to continue to cut rates to where the Fed that currently projects they’ll get to, which is 250 basis points, sometime at the end of 25 or 26 Yeah, is where they think on the summary of economic projections, yeah, but they put out every quarter, so, yeah. So expectations of the Fed, of interest rates falling down to two and a half percent might crash into the reality of net debt as proposed by Larry Summers and leveling a Blanchard on the way down, we’re going to find out, yeah, that’s one of the part of the adventure of economics, yeah?

Gene Tunny  15:44

So this equilibrium nominal cash rate, or federal funds rate, so the overnight money market rate, yeah, this is the rate that they believe is, is essentially that it corresponds to neither a monetary policy stance that is neither expansionary nor contractionary. It’s a, it’s a neutral monetary policy, stand. It’s

Michael Knox  16:06

a neutral monetary policy, but it’s, it’s the basic problem here is that there’s the net debt to GDP goes up in the United States. Yeah, the real rate has to rise to attract the inflow of savings to finance that higher level of debt. So the real rate, nominal rate, plus your inflation target goes up, okay, as net the jet to GDP, right? That’s the that’s the problem.

Gene Tunny  16:33

And what did you think of his like the the RBA view? So their view of the neutral cash rate in Australia, in nominal terms, is, was he saying three and a half or three and three quarters percent? Does that sound

Michael Knox  16:46

well, where they’ve where, where it is thought to be. Okay. So when Michelle Bullock, when she herself, presented in the Hilton for us two years ago when she was also deputy governor. At that time, she then thought that the equilibrium real rate in Australia was 50 basis points. That’s what she said at the time. Now, the commentaries of the of the RBA that I’ve read and the surveys they’ve read, so that’s now increased to 75 basis points. So instead of an equilibrium short rate of inflation at two and a half percent plus 50 basis points, saying that 3% is where the equilibrium short rate is, now that’s risen to 325, basis points, or 350 right? So in the surveys they put out in part of their publication in the quarterly outlook for the summit of their not the summary of economic projections, but the statement on monetary policy in their detailed section they they look at, they do a forecast of the detailed cash rate, and they see the detail they in that detailed forecast they see in 26 December, 26 the real cash rate will get down to three and a quarter percent, but that means the inflation of two and a half percent plus 75 basis points for the real rate. They now therefore see that that real rate is 75 basis points. So

Gene Tunny  18:35

real rate 775 basis points and a target, the inflation, the target band of two and a half percent, so that gives us three and a quarter percent. That’s where they expect it to be at equilibrium, right? Gotcha. Okay,

Michael Knox  18:50

so Larry Summers are saying, but I mean, our debt to GDP is half or less, yeah, debt to GDP is half or less what it is in the US. So summers and Blanchard suggest that their equilibrium will be higher,

Gene Tunny  19:03

yeah. Okay, yep. Now that all makes sense. Okay, very good. We might go to the next question that the second question you asked, also an excellent question. So we’ll just, we’ll just play that and then we’ll catch up on that one.

Michael Knox  19:19

So the second question is Kevin Warsh. Kevin Warsh is a previous member of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors, and now he’s he did that job for five years, and now he’s a visiting distinguished fellow at the Hoover Institute at Stanford. In an article on in Wall Street Journal on the 28th of July, Kevin Warsh said that US inflation and interest rates would be rising if the Fed was not reducing the size of its balance sheet. And if it’s reducing the size of its balance sheet, it’s reducing the money base and. Or that’s what’s driving inflation down. So my question is, the RBA is currently running down its balance sheet, and it’s quantitative tightening, and you can see this in the RBA chart book. So is this one of the reasons that the RBA has not have had, has not been forced to increase interest rates.

Andrew Hauser 20:21

So could I give you a one word answer, which is, no, you might not like that quite as much as you like my previous answer. So let me sort of elaborate a bit on that. The reason why people ask this question is obviously when interest rates were at zero or the effective lower bound during the covid period and beforehand in the UK, central banks had to find other ways of expanding of easing policy. And as you know, they did it in the most part, by buying assets, and actually also by lending to banks at longer than normal maturities, both of which the RBA also did before I before I arrived here. But certainly the Bank of England did a great deal of this as well. And it was fairly commonly felt that that effectively added to the amount of monetary stimulus in the economy, that, if you like, the effective short term interest rate went negative to some extent, right? So the thought underpinning the Kevin argument, I guess, is that if it worked on the way in, why wouldn’t it work on the way out? The trouble with that is that, by and large, and people are looking at this very carefully, can’t really find any material macroeconomic effect of unwinding the balance sheet at all, maybe a few basis points here or there, but no major central bank that’s doing it really considers that To be any part of its monetary policy strategy. We’re all watching in case that view learning turns out to be wrong. But our central estimate is that it’s likely that QE unwind, or so called Qt quantitative tightening, actually a bad phrase, right? Because the T implies more of an impact of the kind you’re describing than is actually the case. But there’s the most the central estimate at the moment across countries is the multiplier of the kuti effect is very, very small. Now, I have a particular personal engagement in this, because the Bank of England was one of the very few central banks. In fact, I think the only one that ran down its balance sheet, not only by allowing assets to mature, but by actively selling them back to the market. The New Zealand, RBN said, has been selling assets back to its own debt management agency and the RICS bank. The Swedish central bank has been doing active sales more recently. But when we first announced we had to do this, a reason we felt we had to do this is that the average maturity of the debt stock in the UK is very long, and we faced the prospect of having to hold gilts, government bonds, UK gun bonds, more or less forever, unless we started actively selling. Whereas for most countries, including Australia, the average maturity of bonds is far shorter. You can just let them roll off. We felt we had to do those active sales. I still think we had to do them. But the market, financial market, through its hands up in horror and said, This is a nightmare. You’re going to bring the market, the world to an end. You’re going to drive interest rates up in exactly the way that Warsh is describing, that will cause mayhem in the financial markets. And they were very pleased to say that prediction was another overconfident prediction of mayhem that turned out to be completely wrong. There is very little evidence so far that balance sheet unwind has driven market interest rate rates up materially, though we must continue to watch. So no, it’s not one of the reasons why the RBA has not had to lift rates. There’s one other reason before I finish, which is actually the big unwind in the balance sheet of the RBA that’s happened over the past six or 12 months has not been primarily allowing bonds to unwind. But as you probably know, it’s the maturity of the so called TFF, the term Funding Facility, which is a lending facility to banks. Again, I think there was a considerable concern here. It was, largely before I arrived, that that unwind might cause difficulties. It’s a very sharp reduction in the stock of money in the in Australia. But it has gone by practically without a whimper. So so far so good. At some point, if you keep reducing your balance sheet, you the stock of reserves will hit the demand for reserves. And if you hit that at two sort of sharpen angle, you may find that financial, you know, these relatively calm financial conditions turn into considerable instability again, and a lot of central banks are watching for that moment, but it hasn’t come yet.

Michael Knox  24:28

Okay, so, Kevin Warsh, yes, yes. I think I’ve always loved Kevin Warsh as a character, but particularly when he’s on the Fed, yeah, and he gives a speech, which you can google. Kevin Warsh, fish don’t know they’re wet. And it’s one of the great speeches I’d given at the worst part of the financial crisis about the need for liquidity and the fish. He’s describing other people in the financial market who don’t know that they’ve been swimming in this sea of liquidity until it’s. All gone, and then they they’re all flapping on the flapping on the beach in totally unable to cope with the situation. So I think that’s something you should read. Kevin Warsh fish don’t know they’re wet on the which is a speech of his when he was part of the Fed. So I think the problem, I think the problem that Andrew Hauser is talking about, when you examine this hypothesis now it’s difficult to measure it empirically. Yeah, and I think that’s true, but it doesn’t mean the fact that you can’t measure it empirically doesn’t mean that Kevin wash is wrong. I think Kevin Warsh is right, but talking about the problem of measurement, I’ve been running bond models for Australian bonds and US bonds for a couple of decades now, okay? And I know in that there’s a really big response to increases in decreases in deficit. Yeah, I remember back in the 90s at an Australian economist conference, which was in Tasmania. And at that time, bond yields, the Australian 10 year bond yield, was 9% yield was 9% Yeah. And I showed a model of based on forecasts of where the US budget deficit was going to go, because at that time what was under Clinton, yeah, and Gingrich, the US budget deficit was going back to balance. Yeah, it was extraordinary. And what I said is that that would reduce the budget reduction of budget deficit would drive bond yields down to 5% and I remember at this conference, doing this speech and being met with absolute disbelief that Australian 10 year bond yields, and us 10 year bond yields could ever fall again to 5% I mean, there was, it would be both miraculous and absurd if that, if that occurred. But it is, in fact, exactly what happened when the US balances budget deficit so but what’s happened is, but during the recent period, if you’ve got, if you’re running big budget deficits, at whiz we have in the last couple of couple of years, and at the same time, you’ve got quantitative easing, yeah, it’s what’s actually driving the market. Is not the theoretical level of the deficit, it’s the actual flow of funds, yeah, into the bond market, correct out of the bond market, yeah. And if you’re the Treasury, US Treasury, or the Australian treasury, is issuing a lot of debt, but at exactly the same time they’re being bought by the Central Bank, they’re having no effect upon the upon the bond yields, yeah, some interest rates, yeah. So it’s what happens is that that whites out this effect, which in previous periods you can see very strongly in the relationship between budget deficits and and bond yields. In this period because of quantitative easing and tightening, it’s wided out because you’ve got this influences of what the Reserve Bank is doing in each country, the reverse of what the Treasury is doing and but, but I confidently would suggest that as we go forward and we find that you’ve got big budget deficits, and the Fed is winding down smell and shoot the same time, bigger supply of bonds coming forward to the market in the next couple, one or two or three years time, that will begin to have significant effects upon bond yields. So what we saw two years ago was the lowest level of US Treasury bond yields since Alexander Hamilton invented the US Treasury bond in July 1799 and I believe he had it passed by two votes, maybe one, but I think it was a very small majority for passing the US Treasury bond back in July 1799 I’ve stood on the same floor of the old Congress building in in Philadelphia, where the bill was passed, you know. And I thought at the moment, you know, but as we go forward and we’re trying to the US is trying to finance these big deficits and yeah, and unwind the balance sheet at the same time, I think we will see that those low bond yields two years ago won’t probably be repeated for another 200 years.

Gene Tunny  29:46

Okay, so the Federal Reserve’s going to start or everyone expects them to cut. So we’ll see cuts in the federal funds rate, and so therefore longer term yields should theoretically go down as well. But. You’re saying that if you’ve got this quantitative tightening happening as well, they wouldn’t go down as much as otherwise. Is that? Is that how you’re thinking about it?

Michael Knox  30:07

Well, in the bond models, the bond models are a composition of different variables, yeah, things like budget deficits, things like inflation, short rates, are there. Yeah, capital inflow is really important, also in the early part of this century. So there’s a whole bunch of things in those bond models, but Well, firstly, what you would find is, if Olivier Blanchard and Larry sums are right, the Fed funds rate can’t go down as far as was previously thought. It doesn’t get to two and a half percent. It just gets to 4% or three and a half or something like that. And then they run into a wall for some reason. And that provides a floor in the model that will fly the floor to the to the US Treasury bond yield. And in addition that, what’s if we look at the IMF forecasts for the US budget deficit going forward to the end of this decade, you’ve got average deficits between six and 7% of GDP. Yeah, they have, and they’re really there because of the size of the debt and the amount that has to be refined, yeah, every year. And so you’ve got those two things so that’s supporting in my bond models, that itself is supporting the higher yield for us, treasuries and the and it’s working back in the Larry Summers thing, giving you a higher Fed funds rate. So both of those things will push up the equilibrium yield for the US 10 year bond over the next 10 years. So I think that, in short, the best way of looking at it is we had a bull market in bonds from 19, from when Paul Volcker was around in 8132 until about 2020, and that was a great bull market in bonds. But if you look at what happened during the 60s and the 70s, that was a bull market in bonds was followed by a bear market in bonds of about 15 years. Yeah. So I think the US Treasury bonds and our bonds are going to be in a bear market for about 15 years. And I think that’s the problem that is visitors upon us by the belief that you can spend money on whatever you like, particularly during the Biden Harris period or Biden Harris administration, and run big deficits forever, and it’s never going to cost you anything. And I think that’s wrong, and I think Larry Summers and Olivier Blanchard are right,

Gene Tunny  32:42

yeah. I agree with you about what the Biden, Biden Harris, or the Biden administration has done with inflation Reduction Act, I think that looks excessive. But I mean, if Trump gets in, he’s going to have a big tax cut, isn’t he, so that’s going to have a similar impact on the deficit, isn’t it? I mean, it’s going to potentially blow out the budget deficit, yeah,

Michael Knox  33:00

but empirically, if you actually look at the Trump period, yeah, Trump cut tax corporate taxes during that period. Yes, he put up import taxes on on China. And there was one other thing that he did, but if you remember it, I’ll, I’ll talk about that as well. And these are the things that are supposed to be inflation. But in fact, the average rate of inflation in during the Trump period was 1.9% which was one of the lowest rates of inflation of any presidential period since 1953 on the other hand, Biden and Harris didn’t do any of those things, but they had, I think it was four really big spending programs for which the inflation Reduction Act is the tiniest of those. I think there were four other ones, the American rescue plan, and all over a trillion dollars for each of the each of the those bills. Yeah, and it’s that combination of big budget deficits. It’s not just the big budget deficits, which is not was, wasn’t just short term relief spending. They built out major programs which are going out to the end of the decade. You know, they increased education spending on the on the premise that over the next 12 years there’ll be bigger school rooms and lower bigger school rooms, and therefore lower teacher student ratios in in public schools. And the reason, of course, for that was that if you had graduate dispersion of people in the in the classroom, you’d have lower, lower passage of covid, you see, because Okay, gotcha, and everything had to be Okay, gotcha. So there’s always. Endless spending, and in the inflation Reduction Act, as I’ve noted, the subsidies for making electric cars are only provided to work sites or companies that employ workers that are part of the United order Workers Union, yeah, and the International Brotherhood of electricians too, by the way, interestingly enough, both of these are significant donors to the Democratic Party. And interestingly, the and this is the subsidies for making electric cars. And interestingly, Elon Musk, who in Tesla, is the biggest single manufacturer of electric cars, receives none of these subsidies because he doesn’t employ workers who are part of the United order Workers Union or the International Brotherhood of electricians, and so his employees are not necessarily donors for the Democratic Party, so He doesn’t get a subsidy. So I think there’s that kind of thing built into a lot of these Biden Harris spending bills,

Gene Tunny  36:07

right? Michael Knox, it’s been a pleasure. I’ve really enjoyed your reactions, reflections on the the excellent Q and A session you had with Reserve Bank of Australia deputy governor, Andrew Hauser, anything before we wrap up? Anything else?

Michael Knox  36:23

You didn’t ask me the question about the run on the Chinese RMB,

Gene Tunny  36:28

oh, if we’ve got time for it, tell us what’s happening with the run on the Chinese RMB, please.

Michael Knox  36:33

Well, it’s very interesting that the RMB is, it is China’s announced plan to make it a dominant reserve currency, yeah, in the international monetary system. And it does appear that from by 2020 there was $230 billion worth of bonds held in the international monetary system, RMB bonds, and that was rocketing up. And by the end of 2024 that had got to about $340 billion worth of bonds. And in comparison, at that time, the level of bonds held in Australian dollars was about 215 billion, and the level held in Canadian dollars was about two 70 billion. And that so it rocketed well past the international reserves held in Canadian dollars and Australian dollars, which, by the way, are at that we are at the minnow end of international reserve currency. Yes, yes, but it’s a great thing that the RBA is an international reserve currency and but since that time, what’s actually happened is that the level of international reserves held in RMBs, in fact, crashing. There’s been a run on the RMB and it’s now fallen from about $340 billion at the end of 24 to about 200 less than $240 billion at the end of so the peak was at the fourth quarter of 21 Yeah. And now, at the in the first quarter of 24 it’s fallen from three and $40 billion to $240 billion and is now less than the amount of international reserves held in the Australian dollar. So the question is, why is that run happening? Yeah. And that was my one of my questions. And I said, Is it, is it just because of the trust that people put in the Reserve Bank of Australia that they prefer to hold Reserve Bank of Australia bonds rather or Australian bonds rather than Chinese bonds? And why do why do they trust the RBA so much? Yeah, my unanswered question. But having looked at it, it’s really nothing to do with any of that. It’s really just the fact that at the end of 21 international bond yields, US bond yields, Australian bond yields and Canadian bond yields, with a very, very low yield, the lowest yield for decades, if not, if not centuries. Yeah. And since then, those yields have been going up, whereas the yield on RMB bonds peak. Back then, there’s now, we now bonds are paying 4% RMB bonds are paying a little over 2% so that’s right, and that’s the reason the demand for RMB is forward. It’s just the market, just the market, and the fact that they’ve got a managed exchange rate rather than a floating exchange rate, yeah, so has an effect, but we might talk about that again another time. I think we’ll have

Gene Tunny  39:33

to, I think, yeah, we’ll have to come back to it. But you figured it out. You didn’t need Andrew Hauser to know to answer it in the

Michael Knox  39:40

just wondered what he thought about it. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  39:44

okay. Michael Knox, Chief Economist at Morgans, it’s been a pleasure. We’d better wrap up there. Thanks again. Thank you. You.

Credits

Thanks to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business, www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple Podcasts and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Navigating Volatile Crypto Markets & Avoiding Scams w/ Ben Simpson, Collective Shift – EP249

Ben Simpson, founder of Collective Shift, a crypto education and research company, shares valuable insights into the volatile world of cryptocurrency. Because the crypto field is filled with misinformation and scams, Ben emphasises the need for comprehensive education and reliable research before making investment decisions. He emphasises the importance of understanding the risks and potential of Bitcoin and other digital assets. He also discusses the regulatory landscape in Australia and the disruptive potential of decentralised finance (DeFi). NB This podcast episode contains general information only and should not be considered financial or investment advice.

If you have any questions, comments, or suggestions, please email us at contact@economicsexplored.com  or send a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Apple Podcast and Spotify.

What’s covered in EP249

  • Introduction. (0:00)
  • Crypto market volatility and how to navigate it. (1:40)
  • Bitcoin as a digital gold with potential for long-term growth. (6:54)
  • Crypto regulation, tax treatment, and education. (12:21)
  • Investing in cryptocurrency, avoiding scams, and seeking professional help. (16:44)
  • Bitcoin ETFs and investment options in Australia. (21:06)
  • Crypto market volatility, correlation with the stock market, and investment strategies. (25:20)
  • Crypto investing and decentralised finance with Ben Simpson. (31:03)

Takeaways

  1. Understanding Crypto Volatility: Cryptocurrency markets, especially Bitcoin, are highly volatile. Investors must be prepared for significant price swings and understand the underlying factors driving these fluctuations.
  2. Importance of Education: The crypto space is filled with misinformation and scams. Ben emphasises the need for comprehensive education and reliable research before making investment decisions.
  3. Regulatory Landscape: The regulatory environment for cryptocurrencies, particularly in Australia, is still evolving. While Bitcoin and Ethereum are generally considered safe from a regulatory standpoint, many other cryptocurrencies could face challenges.
  4. Decentralised Finance (DeFi): DeFi has the potential to disrupt traditional banking by offering financial services without intermediaries. This space is growing and may offer exciting opportunities for investors.
  5. Safe Investing Strategies: Ben advises new investors to start with Bitcoin and be cautious of lesser-known cryptocurrencies, many of which may lack real value and be risky investments.

Links relevant to the conversation

Collective Shift: https://collectiveshift.io/ 

Ben’s YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/@BenCollectiveShift 

Ben and Bergs podcast: https://open.spotify.com/show/5xir3V8fvtmHTAQy2D9dQd 

Transcript: Navigating Volatile Crypto Markets & Avoiding Scams w/ Ben Simpson, Collective Shift – EP249

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:00

Welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host, Gene, Tunny, I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode. Please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello. Thanks for tuning in to the show. In this episode, we sit down with Ben Simpson, the founder of collective shift, a leading crypto education and research company in Australia, Ben shares his wealth of experience in navigating the volatile and often chaotic world of cryptocurrency investing. One of the key takeaways from our conversation is the importance of understanding the inherent volatility of the crypto market. Ben discusses the volatility of crypto markets, explaining why assets like Bitcoin can see dramatic price swings. He also touches on the regulatory landscape in Australia and the importance of having clear guidelines to protect investors. Ben emphasizes the need for comprehensive education and guidance as the crypto space is rife with misinformation and scams that can easily trap unwary investors. Finally, Ben shares his insights on the disruptive potential of decentralized finance. Defi, righto, let’s get into the episode. I hope you enjoy it. Ben Simpson from collective shift, welcome to the program.

Ben Simpson  01:39

Thanks so much, so much for having me. It’s good to be here.

Gene Tunny  01:41

Yes, it’s excellent. Ben, so you’ve been doing some fascinating things with collective shift. Could you tell us a bit about which you’re the founder of? Could you tell us a bit about collective shift, please? What is it that you’re that you’re offering?

Ben Simpson  01:55

Yes, I’ve been full time investing into the crypto space for seven or eight years, and it’s a very messy, chaotic industry, lot of misinformation, lot of bad people in the space. It’s just very difficult to get clarity on what’s going on actually when you invest in crypto. So when I first started out, I personally didn’t really know what what was going on. Took me a lot of time to figure out blockchain and Bitcoin and Ethereum and just all these terminologies and what it all meant. And I started working with someone in the education space to help people with crypto and eventually, I started my own thing about four years ago. And you know what we built now is we’re the largest independent education and research company in Australia. We have over 1000 paying clients around the world that pay us for crypto investment research and sort of advice. And then also we provide research and content to the crypto exchanges here in Australia. So those coin spot, Swift X, those are buy and sell cryptocurrency for like for retail customers, we provide them with some of their content research as well. So yeah, we’ve got a team about 10 full time now here in Australia. And yeah, we’ve been around for about four years. And my my mission is just to help people try and navigate their way through crypto the right way. Because I know I’ve been burned in the past in a space it’s very easy to lose money and be led down the wrong path. So we’re trying to just help people the right way, right?

Gene Tunny  03:19

Okay, and you mentioned that you were concerned about some of the misinformation in the in crypto, what, what type of things we we are you thinking of? It’s just

Ben Simpson  03:29

a lot. So in cryptocurrency, there’s 1000s and 1000s of different cryptocurrencies right now. So like, if you think about the stock market, there’s basically that equivalent in crypto, but a an endless amount of cryptocurrency projects you could buy, and my opinion is 95 to 98% of them are worthless, like they’re just built on, you know, community and, you know, FOMO, and you know, they don’t have a lot of underlying real value. And a lot of people get sucked into these projects, buying them with the hope of making a lot of money because they provide these crazy marketing guarantees and returns and all these sorts of things that people get sucked into and ultimately lose money. So that’s really where we’re trying to help guide people, from an education standpoint, where to invest. And then ultimately, cryptocurrency is extremely volatile, and it can be hard for someone to stomach the risk that comes along with crypto, Bitcoin on its journey from, you know, a few $100 to today, 55, 60,000 US dollars has gone up and down hundreds of times, you know, more than 10% and sometimes it goes down 4050, 60% in a period of days or weeks, which can be very concerning for a lot of people, because you don’t get that in the stock market right. If two or 3% in a day is kind of big in crypto, you could see 1020, 30% moves in a day. So we try and just help people understand why that happens, how to have the mindset and understanding of where the market’s going and not panic and and ultimately, try and, you know, not lose money. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  05:00

gotcha. Okay, there’s a few things I wouldn’t mind following up there. Ben, so, I mean, there’s the issue of, I mean, why does this happen? Why is crypto subject to such wild swings? Why is it so volatile? For one, could we start there, please? Yeah, let’s

Ben Simpson  05:18

start there. So one common thing that some people don’t know is that cryptocurrency trades 24/7 right when the stock market opened, has opened, open and closed times at Monday to Friday, cryptocurrency trades 24/7 and what we saw, you know, in the last few days in Japan, you know, Japan saw one of his worst days since the 1980s in the stock market. Recently, I think it dropped seven or 10% in a day, they hold to trading. You they literally just withdrew the sell button. You can’t sell anymore, right? In cryptocurrency, that that’s not, that’s not a thing. You can’t just hold trading in crypto, right? This is a free market. There’s no one, there’s no intermediary to stop what you’re doing. So it’s a free market. And ultimately, people you know, have emotions they fear, and if they’re going to sell, they’re going to sell. And in cryptocurrency, because the market caps of these projects are relatively small, you get these liquidation events, and what happens is basically these cascading effects of traders get liquidated, whales get liquidated, retail investors then panic, and then you get these huge fluctuations. So there’s a lot of different variables, but ultimately, it’s a free market. No one’s manipulating it from a, you know, intermediary perspective, and if people are scared, they’re going to sell. And it happens pretty quickly, right?

Gene Tunny  06:27

Okay, now, if you’re getting into this market, I mean, if you’re interested in crypto, do you, do you provide some guiding principles, or do you identify red flags. Can you tell us a bit about what new investors should be looking out for?

Ben Simpson  06:45

Yeah, so if I have a new investor that comes to me and wants to figure out how to create an investment portfolio, I really, I really try and recommend that they start off with just Bitcoin. It’s really important to understand that Bitcoin is the biggest, most leading cryptocurrency. It’s the most well known. Then there’s 1000s of other cryptocurrencies after that, right? So it’s important to differentiate Bitcoin from cryptocurrency, because Bitcoin is a cryptocurrency, but bitcoin is its own separate thing, and that’s the way I look at it. So I usually start off by just looking at Bitcoin, and Bitcoin, ultimately, for me, should, or for others, should be looked at as a hedge against, you know, your overall investment portfolio, right? It’s not correlated to stocks or the property market or bonds. It’s ultimately a completely separate asset that is in its own area. And I would probably think even only 1% of your entire net wealth into Bitcoin, I think is a pretty good good idea, just in terms of its risk to reward ratio. So the reward being potentially, if it pulls off what it’s trying to achieve. In terms of the global monetary asset, the price returns are quite or the projections are quite large, where the risk is quite minimal, in a sense of it’s been around for 10 or 12 years. It’s now got its own ETF, which was the one of the largest ETF launches in history. It’s owned by a lot of NASDAQ listed companies. You know, it’s owned by governments on their balance sheet. So, like, the risk of Bitcoin now is far, far, far less than what it has been in the past and where we think it could go. I think everyone should consider it in terms of just, even only a little

Gene Tunny  08:21

bit. Right? Okay, so in terms of where you think it can go. I mean, you, are you thinking Bitcoin to a million? I think was that? Was that Kathy Wood, did she have that prediction? I mean, is that? Is that serious or credible?

Ben Simpson  08:35

I mean, look, you know, who knows is really the answer gene like, you know, who knows where this could go? The biggest thing that I think is the most important thing to understand with Bitcoin is it’s a limited supply asset. There’s only 21 million Bitcoin that ever be created. And the supply and demand economics, as we’ve seen recently, there’s more demand for Bitcoin that there is supply, right? And just basic supply and demand economics is showing us that if you get a lot of people wanting an asset, and there’s very few, there’s very few of it, you know, the price, you know, goes up over time. Do I think you get to a million dollars? I do think you can get there at some stage. Maybe, you know, it’s probably gonna take 1020, 30 years to get there. But for me, Bitcoin compound has been compounding at 60% year over year for the last 10 years. It’s up 75% of the last 12 months. It’s one of the best performing assets on the planet. For me, I think it’s one of the best investments you can own.

Gene Tunny  09:29

Right? Okay, and what’s your what’s your theory or like, Why do you think that there is this underlying value? Because there is a lot of skepticism about cryptocurrency, particularly from economists, and there’s all sorts of concerns about regulatory risk. I mean, you pointed to the fact that, okay, it’s been held. You know, certainly people are investing in it at the moment. But, yeah, I just wonder what’s the story regarding the actual. Use case for it? Is there a use case outside of some illegal transactions? Yeah.

Ben Simpson  10:05

And I think, I think the hardest thing for most people to wrap their head around is that, you know, you can’t touch it, you can’t feel it, you can’t smell it like it’s a completely digital asset, and it doesn’t have free cash flow, right? Warren Buffett hates it. He calls a rat poison square, right? There’s a lot of people that don’t like it, because it’s not, not similar to what’s been around in previous times. If we look at a country like, you know, Venezuela, right? Or, you know Mexico, some of these places, not, maybe not Mexico, but Venezuela, right? We look at some of these places where they’re fiat currency, Argentina, sorry, who was I was looking for their local local currency has inflated so much that it’s basically worthless, right? It just continues to inflate. Because of the government has printed more and more money. So holding something that isn’t controlled by government, something that is inherently deflationary, in a sense that it doesn’t increase its supply. In fact, the circulating supply slows down. People are looking at Bitcoin now as a new digital gold, you know, not to say it’s going to replace gold. Gold is, you know, one of the safest assets on the planet, but this is a new version of gold. I use Bitcoin to pay my employees. If I go and try and pay my overseas staff with my bank account, it gets shut down. Many phone calls from their frauds team. They want to know where it’s going, why it’s going. They take huge conversion rate fees. It takes two weeks to arrive. It’s horrendous. Where I can send bitcoin instantly to anyone in the world with no middleman, and they can receive it, you know, within seconds. And that’s being utilized more and more, from from from businesses in different countries, as well, from a payments level. But ultimately, the the use case for me is it’s a digital gold. It’s an asset that, you know, continues to perform, you know, over time. And I think the best way to look at it is, is that digital gold, you know, analogy, and we’re seeing, you know, companies like micro strategy and NASDAQ, listed company, you know, holding hundreds of 1000s of Bitcoin now in the balance sheet, because if you continue to hold cash, just the the purchasing power of your dollar is doing to devalue. Like, where do you park your cash? What? What asset can you hold that’s going to be a hedge against inflation? You know, a gold has an outbeat. Hasn’t out beaten inflation in the last five years. Like, where do you put your money? And Bitcoin starting to be seen as something that you can park your capital in,

Gene Tunny  12:19

right? Okay. And what do you see is that, are there regulatory risks with Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies? Central banks are looking at CBDCs, the central bank digital currencies. Is there a risk that there could be a regulatory crackdown on Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies? Yeah, I

Ben Simpson  12:41

definitely think there’s a risk for some cryptocurrencies. You know, again, important to differentiate Bitcoin different to other cryptocurrencies. The SEC in the US has clearly defined Bitcoin as a commodity, and now they have their own Bitcoin spot ETF, now the Ethereum spot ETF. So the government has approved, and the SEC has approved these financial instruments to buy bitcoin and Ethereum in the US and Australia tends to follow. There’s a Bitcoin ETF in Australia, so it’s from a regulatory framework. Bitcoin and Ethereum really is in a safe category now, but there is a lot of other crypto assets that could, could potentially look like securities, and that sort of plays a bit into some of these exchanges not being able to sell it. But no, the direction we’re going in and what, what we’re seeing now from the US and Australia is that, you know, even Donald Trump, right? Donald Trump, the other day, spoke at the Bitcoin 2024 conference, and wants us to be the hub of crypto. He wants the US to be the center of, you know, cryptocurrency sort of development in the world. So, yeah, I think it’s actually moving towards politically pandering or not politically a good thing for these, these candidates, to be pro crypto, because the reality is, a lot of people own it,

Gene Tunny  13:58

right? Okay, and what’s, what’s the regulatory environment like here in Australia, been seeing some of Senator Andrew Bragg’s commentary, and like he he’s been grilling Treasury public servants at estimates hearings, and it looks like that they’ve been rather slow in in setting up a regulatory environment, would you know what the issues are there? I mean, is what needs to happen with regulation in Australia for crypto? Yeah, I

Ben Simpson  14:29

think that then we’re actually asking for more regulation. Really like, because there’s really not much clarity. Like, and as an educator and someone that wants to help consumers, there is very little regulation. It’s very much in a gray area. You go and talk to lawyers and they give they give you a roundabout answer, but you know, I think the reality is gene that this asset class is so new and so few people truly understand it, that the existing regulation of securities and stocks and assets just doesn’t fit well with crypto, because it’s so unique and it’s so different. But. Many loopholes and so many unknowns and variables. I know there was a paper drawn up about recommendations recently, but, you know, these things move relatively slowly, and it goes through a lot of hands, so I’d love more regulatory clarity. You know, we saw some pretty poor things that happened in the US over the last few years, like FTX, you know, Celsius, these crypto exchanges that were doing nefarious things, you know, ultimately, that had nothing to do with the underlying asset. That wasn’t bitcoins fault, that was people running these exchanges that wanted to defraud customers. That was their fault. And if we had better regulation and overview, perhaps that wouldn’t have happened. So we’re welcoming that. It’s just yeah, these things take time with the politics and government. Unfortunately, yeah. And

Gene Tunny  15:41

what does it mean for the the tax treatment of crypto? So if you make a gain or a profit on your or a capital gain on your crypto, you’re liable for for tax for that. Are you?

Ben Simpson  15:51

Yeah, yeah, just like normal capital gains, like, if you sell Telstra shares for BHB shares, it’s a taxable event. Um, you pay your capital gains. You know, some investors may think that they can get away with it, but reality is, cryptocurrencies are built on a blockchain, and a blockchain is an immutable ledger that anyone can see, yeah, and we’ve seen the ATO now develop software to actually go and track these, these accounts that aren’t paying their tax. All the Australian exchanges have to report on all their users, so, you know, they’re having a real crackdown on that. And as they should, people thinking they get away with it is not, it’s not the right way to think about it. You know, people are paying their capital gains. And, yeah, there’s, there’s a lot of oversight now in that tax space as well. So, yeah, very much similar to the stock stocks. How would you how you pay your tax?

Gene Tunny  16:36

Yeah, gotcha. Okay, interesting with the just going back to the crypto education. I mean, I think that’s so important. Because the concern I have is that the, you know, everyone thinks crypto is a the next big thing. And, I mean, you know, possibly it is and yet, but you have a lot of dumb money go in, and you’ve got or a lot of people who probably shouldn’t be putting all their hard earned savings into into a speculative asset. I mean, maybe, I mean, you’re steering people toward the more established ones, but they’re also, you know, there are 1000s of other crypto currencies out there. So, yeah, if you did, if you did come across a proposal or a new what is it? Is it an ICR initial coin offering? Or, if you’re looking at investing in crypto, what are the sort of things that you should be that that would be a red flag that would set off alarm bells that, because I know I’ve heard this term rug pull. How would you how would you know if you could be a victim of that look?

Ben Simpson  17:40

Unfortunately, it’s very common in the cryptocurrency space. You know, I tend to direct people in only investing into older coins that have been around for a little while, like these. ICOs, initial coin offerings were a big thing back in the day, and unfortunately, a lot of people get sucked into these because they promise return, like anything that promises returns, guarantees percentage returns over a period of time. Has crazy lock up periods where you have to basically give your cryptocurrency and lock it up for a period of time to earn rewards, anything that pays you to bring on other people, like a Ponzi scheme, anything that has crazy marketing on social media. None of these good projects do any of that. And ultimately, a lot of those are probably scams, if any of the projects you’ve invested in does that. So ultimately, focus in the top assets. You know, the top 10, top 20, Bitcoin, Ethereum. Solana, start there before working your way down. The further down the market capitalist you go, the more risky the investments are. And unless you really tapped in to know what you’re doing, it can be very difficult to navigate. You know those investments and rug pulls are common the further you go down. Rug pulls are basically, you know, if you think of standing on a rug and someone pulls a rug underneath you, that’s just really when the founder or the owner, or there’s a there’s a hack of the project, and you lose all your money. So you really do need to be careful.

Gene Tunny  18:56

Gotcha. So if someone comes to you, so would they go to the collective shift side? And then there’s a online course you can do,

Ben Simpson  19:04

yeah. So we there’s basically two tiers. So one is, we just have our platform where you sign up, you log in, you can see all of our token ratings. So we do, you know, token things like morning staff for crypto, that’s what we’re trying to build, token ratings research community. We do live group sessions. They can jump on a live session with me, and I go through the market and how I’m investing. And then we have a higher tier. For those that are a bit more have a bit more capital at play. Usually they’re wanting to invest a quarter of a million plus, or they already have that invest in crypto. That’s where you can work one on one with me. We have private events. We do online sessions, you know, private sort of WhatsApp group, where we can kind of help you out and deliver you more support. And that’s really where we have our team of analysts by your side to give you independent information. And that’s really what people pay us for, because you can go online, you can listen to YouTubers, you can try and figure it all out yourself, but it’s going to take you a heap of time. You won’t know who to trust. Most likely, the person is giving you an information doesn’t really know what they’re talking about, and you can lose a lot of money if you’re not sure what you’re doing. So that’s really where we can come and help.

Gene Tunny  20:10

Yeah. So what takes a heap of time doing the research or getting set up or getting the wallet? I mean, what? What actually takes the time probably

Ben Simpson  20:20

initially, just even researching the space, what coins to buy, when to buy, when to sell, how to store it? Where do you store it? How do you you know? How do you not stuff it up? What are the scams look like this like? As you go further down the rabbit hole, there just becomes this infinite amount of information, and you Google crypto, and you just get a million different opinions and a million different people saying different things. And I think really where the time gets sucked in is the information overload. Did you start reading it like this? Says something? This is something else. Everyone has their own opinions, which right or wrong is, Can? Can just send you down a path of confusion? Yeah, and that’s why we work with a lot of people that come to me and go, Ben, I’ve done this, or I made this mistake. Or, you know, I just need help. I don’t know what to do. Can you help me? That’s kind of where we sort of step in. And can guide you. Okay?

Gene Tunny  21:06

And so this, what would this be? Why a Bitcoin ETF is a is an attractive proposition relative to actually owning Bitcoin yourself. Or,

Ben Simpson  21:17

yeah,

Gene Tunny  21:18

am I thinking, how is that right or yeah,

Ben Simpson  21:21

there’s your two options, right? If you want to go, Yeah, Ben, I want to go buy bitcoin tomorrow. What are my options? Well, number one is, you go, you sign up to a cryptocurrency exchange, you buy bitcoin, so you deposit Australian dollars, you buy bitcoin, and then you need to store it somewhere. You either store it with the cryptocurrency Exchange, or you get a wallet and you store it yourself, right? Yeah, that’s what I do. That’s what I recommend most people do. But that is, ultimately, you have to have some sort of knowledge, right? The other option is, you go to your brokerage account and you go and buy a Bitcoin ETF, and that’s what’s been so big in the US recently. You know, there’s a about 9% of the entire Bitcoin supply is now owned by ETFs. And basically the ETF is where you buy a share and that sits in your portfolio, and then the ETF provider is buying that Bitcoin and storing it on your behalf. So you have to worry about all the storage and custody. Yeah, gotcha.

Gene Tunny  22:13

And did you say there was a there’s a Bitcoin ETF here in Australia,

Ben Simpson  22:17

there is, there is, there’s a couple. I’m not actually sure what the ticker is. I’ll have to maybe send that to you later. Gene, that’s okay, just interested, yeah, but there is one launch recently in Australia. I think it might be ebtc. I don’t know. I have to double check, but, yeah, mono, actually, monochrome. Ibtc, monochrome is one of the first Bitcoin ETF, so you should be able to get that in your brokerage account. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  22:44

but the people you’re who come to you, it sounds like you’re helping them get set up on their own. And it sounds like you’ve got, I mean, you’ve got people who are really, you know, keen to learn, keen to keen to get into crypto. What’s the demographic? I mean, can you Yeah, for

Ben Simpson  23:03

sure, it’s really two types of customers we work with. One is, you know, 50 to 65 that maybe are investing in their SMSF, or they have a large amount of funds that they’ve invested into crypto, and they really want to, wanting to set themselves up for retirement. They need some help just figuring out how to do it. And the other demographic is, you know, 3540 years old, have have a have a family, have a business, have large amounts of investments elsewhere, and they might have 500,000 a million dollars. You know, we’ve got guys right up to 25 million in crypto that have their own businesses and stuff going on, and they need our help and our research and our frameworks to help guide them through the market. Think about exit strategy, risk profile, storage, you know, asset selection, you know, it’s like in it’s your own investment. You know, family office for some people, so they need some independent guidance to help Sure. You know, they don’t stuff it up,

Gene Tunny  24:01

right? And are you, as part of that? Are you providing advice on other investments, on their whole investment portfolio?

Ben Simpson  24:10

No, no, just, just, just cryptocurrency. So we give, we give sort of general frameworks and insights and research and data to help them make they still need to make the decision themselves. You know, we’re again, back to the regulatory piece. You know, we’re going to be first in line to get a cryptocurrency financial license when we can that. That doesn’t exist right now, because crypto isn’t, it isn’t seen as a financial product in Australia. You know, well, commodities aren’t. So, you know, once that becomes available, you know, we’re going to be first in line to get that, but for now, we just give general sort of information, and then people make up their mind from

Gene Tunny  24:46

there. Okay, and so do you have the what is it? The Australian Financial Services licensed, AFSL,

Ben Simpson  24:54

yeah, yeah, that’s what. I mean, we actually can’t get one for crypto, right? Okay, yeah, because it doesn’t fall. Like, cryptocurrencies don’t fall under that framework. So we had a, we had a meeting with, you know, ASIC, a private ruling, you know, while back, and it was just, unfortunately, they can’t provide one, because cryptocurrencies don’t fall under that and that’s where that regulatory discussion is going on. At some stage it should fall under something, yeah, and they will be able to be able to go and get that, yeah,

Gene Tunny  25:20

yeah. Well, it just looks like a real dereliction of duty on the part of our regulators, because you’ve got a lot of people interested in it and investing a lot of money, it sounds like it in it. I mean, if you’ve got people with what was it? 25 million in crypto? Yeah,

Ben Simpson  25:38

wow. And, and, and we, you know, from our business model, Gene, like we, we’re purely independent, right? We charge subscription fees for our information, and that’s it, right? You’ve got others that are charging fees, taking commission on investments, selling investments, getting paid to promote tokens. Like it is the Wild West, what some of these people are doing, right? And that’s completely just unregulated. People just go and do what they want. We don’t do any of that because we’re genuinely trying to help people. But yeah, we’re wanting this to come to the space so people can, you know, be, be more trusting in the information that’s out there? Yeah,

Gene Tunny  26:14

yeah, absolutely. I think that’s, that’s a good, a good strategy. And, yeah, I mean, it sounds like you need some type of license like that. That’d be good if they can develop that, and then, particularly if advice can be provided to people about how this sits within the whole portfolio and what other investment opportunities there are out there for people. Yeah, very good. I’d like to go on before we wrap up, just to you know what’s happened. What’s the state of the market recently? So you mentioned, well, there’s no, I mean, you said there’s no correlation between crypto and other assets. I’d like to talk about that and just understand what you mean there. I mean, because big there was a bit of a sell off, wasn’t there when we had the recent sell off in, you know, the S, P and all that, yep. So, like, how do you think about that? That correlation,

Ben Simpson  27:11

declare, to clarify the price is, is definitely still correlated right now, like, in terms of, like, when the stock market sell offs. You know, there’s definitely correlation with Bitcoin. To clarify in terms of, like, where I think it’ll be in five or 10 years time, I definitely see Bitcoin as a as not being correlated with the stock market. But yeah, what we saw over the last few days with, you know, the recession fears, and then Japan selling off and you know that that that carry trade idea that’s been going on, where people are borrowing money in Japan for zero interest, and, you know, buying assets in the in in in the States, and then Japan increase the interest rates, and all of a sudden everyone gets sort of margin called that found its way into crypto. And then, you know, one of the, one of the fascinating things gene is what happened on the weekend was that if you’ve got a margin call on a weekend where you can’t go and just withdraw hundreds of 1000s of dollars from your account. It takes 123, days from your banking. Yeah, you know, just position, right? Crypto is liquid. 24/7, so people need money, and they’ve got liquidity in crypto. You can go, just pull that out tomorrow, right? You need ten million tomorrow. You can get that within a second, right? If you have those that those assets, if you want to withdraw 10 million out of your brokerage account, oh my goodness, right, you gotta call someone out. They’re going to want to know where it’s going. Why is, why are you doing that? It’s going to take multiple days to to get approval. So what we saw was, people need liquidity. They go to crypto. Crypto sold off. There’s a lot of margin calls. Then what happens is the long, the long, traders in crypto got liquidated. The price just dumped. And then that was on our Monday, and by Tuesday, Japan had sort of in the futures market had corrected. Looks like they’re starting to get the money printers going again. And then crypto sort of bounced. I think bitcoins up 10 or 12% Ethereum is up six or 7% you know, overnight. So it was one of those real technical sell off events. Fundamentally, you know, nothing, nothing wrong with the asset class. But that’s, that’s what I mean with the volatility of crypto, things can happen. You know, you’re down 20% one day and up 10% the next day. Like, it’s pretty, pretty wild.

Gene Tunny  29:15

Yeah, yeah. So you’ve got to be prepared for that, and that’s part of what your your education is. So it’s the Yeah. I should note, we’re recording this on the seventh of August in Australia. And yeah, I’m always loath to talk. I’m always reluctant to talk too much about, you know, what’s happening in the market at the moment, because things can, things can change, and by the time you put about the podcast episode out, things can be completely different. But I thought I’d ask you about that. Yeah, that sounds like, it sounds like you’ve got a good, little, good little business there, and you’re, you’re helping people, because there’s certainly a an interest in in crypto, and I think you’re, it sounds like you’re coming from the you. Right place. Is there anything else? I mean, what sort of what are you focused on at the moment in the crypto market? What, what exciting things are you seeing? Ben,

Ben Simpson  30:10

yeah, that’s good question. Gene, I mean, I primarily focus on just building my portfolio of those, those more blue, blue chip, quote, unquote, Bluetooth assets, Bitcoin, Ethereum. I’m a very big believer in decentralized finance, or Defy. You know the idea where you can take out loans, earn interest on your money without the need of a bank, and then you can buy those underlying tokens that that that support that project, and you can earn the fees and interest from the lenders and the people putting up their capital. So defi is a big place for me. I’m pretty heavily invested into that. A lot of that defi activity is built on Ethereum. I’m a very big believer in Ethereum. And then you’ve got other, you know, different things going on, whether it be web three, gaming, whether it be, you know, different blockchains. There’s a lot going on in the crypto space. Yeah, sometimes I think that, you know, and I talk about this a lot, there’s, there’s a million solutions fighting for about five problems that you know, that actually need to be sold. And I think for a lot of people, you know that follow my content online, it’s a bit of a breath of fresh air, because you listen to a lot of crypto people, and it’s just, you it’s just, it’s up only right? It’s never going down. Everything’s amazing. Well, reality is it’s not. And there’s a lot of crap in the crypto space, and I’m really pretty honest about that and calling it out. So yeah, lots going on. But for me, Bitcoin is just Bitcoin and property. For me, the two assets that really I think are going to be the best performers over the next few

Gene Tunny  31:44

years. You’re talking in Australia or Yeah, but I mean Bitcoin internationally. Oh, sorry,

Ben Simpson  31:49

yeah, Australia for property and then Bitcoin internationally. Yeah, gotcha.

Gene Tunny  31:53

Okay. So where can people follow you? Is the best place to follow you? On YouTube?

Ben Simpson  32:00

Yeah, YouTube, if you like video content, just go to Ben Simpson on YouTube. If you’re on Instagram, I put up in like, shorter form content. I put content up on Instagram. I always have my own crypto podcast called called Ben and Berg’s. If you like podcast, yeah. And then we also do a newsletter as well. So if you like email, you can head over to collective shift. There’s a newsletter button at the top, and we send, like, a weekly, weekly digest of what’s going on. So depending on the medium I’m pretty much on all them, I better

Gene Tunny  32:25

make sure I’ve subscribed to that. I don’t think I have. Sorry about that. That’s it. That sounds like the sort of sort of thing I should subscribe to. And was it Ben and Berg? Did you say Ben and

Ben Simpson  32:35

Berg’s? Yeah, B, E, R, G, s, okay. So we do two episodes a week on crypto and again, it’s really no, no nonsense, no no, no bullshit. Is we’d like to call it just sort of giving you what you need

Gene Tunny  32:49

to know. Oh, that’s good. I like that. Your final question that just occurred to me with this defy with the decentralized finance, how disruptive could that be to the traditional banks. So the big four banks in Australia here, for example. I mean, is this something that they should be they should be concerned about?

Ben Simpson  33:08

Yeah, I don’t think it will ever take over the bank stream like I think the reality is that, you know, you look at the big four banks that are probably the biggest companies in Australia, right? You know, I don’t think a lot of people are going to turn away from this, because you need some level of of skill set with defi, but I believe it’s a it’s a better model where you’re not paying the middle person. You know, look how much money Comm, bank and ANZ are making. Like it’s obscene, right? They make all these fees, and it goes to shareholders. And, you know, I understand business as business, but, you know, with a decentralized model, there is no middleman. You don’t have to pay some person in the middle just because they were there. All that money and value can stay within, you know, a peer to peer environment. And, you know, those things already existing. I can take out a loan tomorrow. I can basically take my bitcoin, and I can go and take a collateralized loan out. So I can go and put up, let’s say, $10,000 a Bitcoin, and I can, I can lend out against that Bitcoin as a collateralized loan, so I don’t have to sell my bitcoin, and I can cash flow it without selling it. And that idea, I think, is only going to continue to grow, where people can stay within the crypto ecosystem and not have to go to banks, to go and to finance different activities, you know, loans, mortgages, whatever it might be. So, yeah, I think it’s very disruptive. How long is it going to take to disrupt? Who knows? But yeah, I like that space

Gene Tunny  34:27

right? And now there’s some good companies here in Australia, or are they mainly in the US doing this? There’s

Ben Simpson  34:33

one or two in Australia. We work with a company called Block earner. They’re not purely defi. They’re more of just a lending company, a pure defi company that I’m invested in, that’s in from Australia, is called maple, Maple finance. Oh, yeah, M, A, P, L, E, and yeah. They’re probably one of the largest defi providers in the space, founded out of Sydney. So yeah, a pretty cool project. And go check out as well.

Gene Tunny  34:59

Good one. Okay. Hey, Ben, it’s been terrific. Anything else before we wrap up? No, that’s it, mate. Thanks

Ben Simpson  35:03

so much for having me. Gene and yeah, if anyone wants some some help, we also do some free, like, just a free 30 minute call. If you’re thinking about getting into crypto or you need some help, you can jump on a call with one of our team, and we can help you out. Just head over to our website, which is just Google collective shift. And yeah, we’ll see what,

Gene Tunny  35:19

how we can help. Yeah, that’s terrific. I mean it, it sounds like, yeah, you’re coming from the right place. And my, my next door neighbor at what? So in in Brisbane, Thomas, he’s well aware of you. So he’s, he gives you the big tick of approval. So, well, I’ll put links in the show notes to you all the to your to your website and to your podcast and YouTube. Ben has been terrific. I’ve really enjoyed the conversation. Thanks,

Ben Simpson  35:46

Gene, thanks for having me. Man, bye.

Credits

Thanks to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business, www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple Podcasts and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Australia’s Lost Policy Exceptionalism w/ Nicholas Gruen – EP248

Gene Tunny welcomes Dr Nicholas Gruen from Lateral Economics to explore the decline of Australia’s policy exceptionalism. They delve into the era of microeconomic reforms, the role of neoliberalism, and the challenges current policymakers face. Nicholas provides a historical perspective and discusses potential ways forward. He shares insights from his time advising the Hawke and Keating governments, discussing the successes and failures of Australia’s economic reforms from the 1980s and 1990s.

If you have any questions, comments, or suggestions, please email us at contact@economicsexplored.com  or send a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Apple Podcast and Spotify.

What’s covered in EP248

  • Introduction to Australia’s loss of policy exceptionalism. (0:00)
  • Regulation, economics, and politics in Australia in the 1960s and 1970s. (4:59)
  • Early Australian economic reform and its challenges. (10:45)
  • Australian economic reform under Hawke and Keating governments. (16:20)
  • Car industry policy. (21:36)
  • Free education vs HECS – why was HECS a good reform? (32:06)
  • Airline deregulation. (36:48)
  • Privatisation of public assets and its consequences. (42:55)
  • Economics of toll roads (48:18)

Takeaways

  1. Since the early 2000s, Australia seems to have lost the problem-solving spirit and policy exceptionalism of the 1980s and 1990s, struggling in various policy areas like energy.
  2. Impact of Neoliberalism: Neoliberal reforms, initially embraced by the left, significantly improved Australia’s economic landscape but also led to unintended consequences.
  3. Key reforms included cutting tariffs, higher education policy changes, airline deregulation, and other competition policy reforms, but some privatised infrastructure assets have not been appropriately regulated post-privatisation. 
  4. Challenges in Current Policy: Australia faces challenges in various policy areas, including energy and housing, indicating a need for renewed reform efforts.
  5. Moving forward will require reinvigorating honest, evidence-based policy conversations focusing on problem-solving rather than fixed ideological positions.

Links relevant to the conversation

Nicholas’s YouTube channel where Uncomfortable Collisions with Reality episode will be published:

https://www.youtube.com/@NicholasGruen

Nicholas’s Club Troppo post on economic reform featuring Colin Clark quote:

https://clubtroppo.com.au/2008/03/01/compare-and-contrast/

Lumo Coffee promotion

10% of Lumo Coffee’s Seriously Healthy Organic Coffee.

Website: https://www.lumocoffee.com/10EXPLORED 

Promo code: 10EXPLORED

Transcript: Australia’s Lost Policy Exceptionalism w/ Nicholas Gruen – EP248

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:00

Welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host, Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode. Please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello and welcome to the show. This episode features a conversation I had with Nicholas Gruen about the loss of Australia’s previous reputation for exceptionalism in public policy. This conversation will also be published on YouTube as the latest installment of Nicholas’s uncomfortable collisions with reality podcast. So check that out if you’d like to watch the video recording in our conversation, Nicholas shares some great insights from his experience as an advisor in the hawk and Keating governments of the 1980s and 1990s he’s well positioned to tell us about what went right during our so called microeconomic reform era. He’s also well placed to provide some great insights into why we’re messing things up so badly right now. I’ll be interested in your reactions to this conversation, so please let me know. You can email me via contact@economicsexplored.com Before we get into it, please be aware I’m taking a four week break after this episode, but the show will return in August. Also, thanks to Lumo coffee for sponsoring this episode. This grade one organic specialty coffee from the highlands of Peru is jam packed full of healthy antioxidants. There’s a 10% discount for economics explored listeners. Details are in the show notes. Okay, without further ado, let’s dive into the episode. I hope you enjoy it.

Nicholas Gruen  01:51

Welcome everyone to another edition of uncomfortable collisions with reality. And my guest not looking uncomfortable is Gene Tunny, my colleague, Gene Tunny and this podcast, this discussion came out of an email that gene sent me as he was reflecting on some of the work we were doing. We’ve been doing over the over the last six months. Gene please explain what the story is,

Gene Tunny  02:21

yeah. So thanks, Nicholas, good to be with you again. What I was reflecting on was that it seems that in a number of policy areas now, we seem to be struggling as a nation. Whereas I remember when I was in Treasury, we told ourselves a story about how we were exceptional in policy, there was this view that of Australian policy exceptionalism, and that was behind our recovery in terms of GDP per capita relative to our OECD peers. We had a productivity surge in the late 90s, and that allowed us to catch up with, you know, other OECD economies. And so we essentially moved from the bottom third of the OECD, the 24 countries, as it then was, to the top third, so the top eight. And there was a feeling that in large part, this was due to the the era of micro economic reform of which you were, you were part of. And, I mean, I’d like to explore that with you. And somehow we just seem to have lost that policy exceptionalism. I mean, I look at various different areas of policy, energy policies, one, for example, where we just we’re really not performing as we once did. I mean, that we things seem to be in a real bit of a mess. So I thought it would be good to discuss that. And I mean, what’s the way forward that we might see if there is a way forward? Yeah,

Nicholas Gruen  04:00

yeah. Well, it’s a subject that I’ve thought about a lot, and I can’t, I can’t sort of give you any easy answers. I can certainly give you plenty of thoughts. And I think, I guess this sort of happens a lot, when new movements turn up, and the movement we’re talking about, whether we use it as a swear word or as a word of allegiance, is neoliberalism and around the world actually certainly true of the United States, and it’s absolutely true of Australia. Australia is an exemplar here, the Neo early neoliberalism was a left of center project. It was taken most seriously by the left. And by the left, I mean the center left, and I mean people like Jimmy Carter, who had the audacity to spark pretty dramatic Airline Deregulation. They had a. Entirely regulated, ridiculously regulated civil aviation sector, in which delta airways, if they existed, would apply to the government to say, we want to go on a new route. And then there’d be lots of discussion about whether they’d be allowed to, and that that even got to them clearing menus of the food that would be would be served on these routes. And it’s pretty obvious that that regulation, if it ever had any, if there was ever any sense to it, was clearly wildly over regulated and stupidly over regulated, and we had that sort of thing as well. And in fact, my father had been part of a kind of a movement in which, I mean, he was an economist, and this was a time of triumph for economists. But I the way I saw it when I was young is that he was university educated, and he was, he was his role in society was to at least make the case as to how we could run this system better, and he was an agricultural economist. And one of the things that I remember. I think I now remember this in retrospect. I mean, I think I heard him talking about it, but I know something of the policy background, which is that in Australia in the 1960s it was illegal to put yellow dye in margarine and Gene you. I don’t know whether you know that, but you can probably extemporize now until and say why that rule existed. Why do you think it existed?

Gene Tunny  06:49

Would it be unfair competition with butter? Yes,

Nicholas Gruen  06:52

exactly, terrible. It’d be terrible for farmers. It’d be terrible. You know, it was against the human rights and farmers, and you can see you can make it’s easy to make this stuff up. We don’t want to mislead people. You know, you can smuggle in these holier than thou excuses for what you’re doing and what you’re doing is what we see every day, which is we see lawyers do it and surgeons do it, and we’re not doing much about that today, just as we weren’t doing anything about this kind of nonsense from farmers and from wharfies on the on the labor side of things back then. And so neoliberalism, in my experience, is a is a revolt against businesses politics as usual. And you’ll find some marvelous descriptions of politics as usual in Adam Smith from 200 years previously, which is business men. They were men in his day. They’re still mostly men today. Re of seldom meet even for merriment, but even for merriment, but that the conversation turns to some conspiracy against the public, yeah,

Gene Tunny  08:07

to fix prices, or something like that. It was it That’s right?

Nicholas Gruen  08:10

Or contrivance to fix prices. Or, yeah.

Gene Tunny  08:13

Can I ask about your father? For those who don’t know, I mean, Fred Gruen. He was an advisor to Prime Minister Whitlam, wasn’t he?

Nicholas Gruen  08:22

Yes, and he was a bit unusual in that regard. But he was a professor of Agricultural Economics who, in 1970 at the end of 1972 picked up Trevor Swan’s chair. He was a Trevor swan was a great Nobel Prize quality economist that Australia produced. But all his Nobel Prize quality work was wasn’t even published. It circulated around Canberra, but something known as this he growth theory. He was an innovator in growth theory. And there is you may. There’s the solo Swan model of growth. I think it’s called or it’s a solo Swan model, or maybe it’s the solo Swan model of internal and external balance.

Gene Tunny  09:11

There’s a swan Salter model, which is internal and external balance. And then there’s the solo Swan growth model, which is the neoclassical growth model. So we had two innovations, yeah,

Nicholas Gruen  09:22

that’s right. And he so he was that kind of, he was that good. And I don’t know, I don’t think either of those were published. Certainly the solos, the certainly the internal and external balance stuff wasn’t, which was basically a diagram wasn’t, wasn’t published. It circulated around Canberra. So dad got that that dad got that gig at the end of 1972 and the Department of Prime Minister and Cabinet were looking around for an external advisor, a consultant, if you like. And it was. Wasn’t the prime minister. And my I think my father was quite proud of the fact that he was a consultant to the Prime Minister’s department, not a political mate of the Prime Minister, although he would have voted for that Prime Minister, Gough Whitlam. And so he then had a problem, because he just accepted this job. This is also, I think this is also a nice thing to talk about, because it talks about a world that’s more or less gone, and that is that he just accepted the chair in this position at ANU, and along came this job that he was would have loved to do, and he basically said, Well, I won’t do it if the university doesn’t want me to do it, because I’ve agreed to do this other job. I don’t think that sort of happens very much these days. And so that was worked out. And he was a part time consultant to the Prime Minister’s department, and he had been an advocate for economic reform, for freer trade, which was, which was really almost every Australian agricultural economist was a an advocate for freer trade and but, but all kinds of things at the same time, his great friend Alan Lloyd was a great campaigner for a thing called the little Desert. So he was an early environmentalist. He was saying, Look, this We’re now developing this land, which is the Ord River in WA was another famous example where it was economists who said, this recipe for development is a scam. It won’t work. We’re not getting the right advice. And it’s it’s a it’s being driven by private interests. And the little desert, a minister in the Victorian Government had a holiday home or something and wanted a road built to the little desert. Now, there may be more to it than that, but this little desert needed to be a national park. And Alan Lloyd, an economist, helped, helped galvanize. He was one of the early campaigners for this. Now, my father wasn’t nearly as strong an environmentalist. He wasn’t an environmental campaigner, but it was the same kind of mentality, which is, we want a civilized life here. Economists are there to help us be rational in pursuing a civilized and rewarding life, not just to optimize GDP. Optimizing GDP is a great thing to do other things being equal, other things are never equal, and therefore we try to make the appropriate compromises in our ignorance as we go.

Gene Tunny  12:48

Yes, okay, and so, yep. So is that a good place to start with, the reform era, if you’d call it that in Australia. Yeah.

Nicholas Gruen  12:55

So that was kind of what I was getting at. So it’s, it’s kind of London to a brick at that stage, for any I don’t know whether that’s an English saying, I suppose it must be an English saying, not an Australian saying. I’m thinking of our international listeners, but it’s kind of obvious that at that early stage there is lots of low hanging fruit. There’s lots of worthwhile things to do, a lot of completely crazy and and and borderline corrupt things going on. And by corrupt here, I don’t mean that any that money is necessarily changing hands. I mean in the sense that Adam Smith meant it, that government decisions are being influenced by private to advantage private people and to advantage private interests. And so this was the early part of economic reform. Gough Whitlam himself was, if you kind of look through the chaos, was this was an important part of Gough whitlam’s political rhetoric, which is that the super phosphate bounty should be justified on economic grounds, and we’re going to take it off the farmers because we’re doing a bunch of other more sensible things. And of course, that turned into a big political bun fight. And likewise, we’re going to take the opportunity in 1973 we had this situation. Remember, we didn’t have floating exchange rates, and we had a lot of pressure on the current there was a lot of pressure to revalue the currency, and we did that as I recall, but we also took the opportunity to cut tariffs because the economy was booming. We didn’t have enough labor. Inflation was taking off, so this was a great opportunity to achieve longer term goals in a way that was very consistent with short term imperatives. So that was early. Uh, that was early neoliberalism, and it was a success. Then along comes a massive recession, and then, and this is somewhat unfair to Malcolm Fraser’s government, but not terribly unfair. Malcolm Fraser wins government, promising jobs, not dogma. Malcolm Fraser is part of a an operation which blames tariff which blames unemployment on tariff cuts. It wasn’t tariff cut. Very little of it was tariff cuts. Most of it is macroeconomic. Most of it’s the state of the economy, which is a different thing, and Whitlam can take some uh, reverse credit for that. Whitlam management the economy was far from exemplary management of the macro economy. And the other main thing that was leading to large scale layoffs in Australia was equal pay for women, particularly in textiles, clothing and footwear. Well, no government so Malcolm Fraser wasn’t going to come out and say it was equal wages for women. That is, that did it. So this thing suffers from politics. I’m not, again, I don’t want to be overly critical of Malcolm Fraser. It’s a bit like being critical of lions for eating meat. That’s kind of what or or business people for making profits. That’s kind of what they have to do to stay in business. And, and, but then, after with this sort of promising towards the end of his reign, towards the end of Malcolm Fraser’s reign, he became famous for giving speeches overseas talking about how great free trade was, and arguing for countries to embrace free trade, and coming back to Australia and not doing a damn thing about how very high protection levels and that that sort of set the scene for the Hawke government and the glory Days, which lasted until arguably the first third of the Howard government, from the whole of the Hawke Keating government, and then in economic terms until 2001

Gene Tunny  17:10

Yeah, okay. And I mean, Fraser government famously sat on the was it the Campbell inquiry report into the financial system, there were, yeah,

Nicholas Gruen  17:22

I think that’s right. It was a record, yeah, that’s right. And then it was the Martin inquiry that the Hawke government had, yeah, when it got in. Yeah, that’s correct.

Gene Tunny  17:30

So I think there’s a general recognition among conservatives in Australia that the Fraser years were a wasted opportunity to reform the economy, to to make it more

Nicholas Gruen  17:46

and and I recall, I think it was the 20, I think this was 19. I mean 2003 I think it was, yeah, it would have been during, yeah, it was 2003 rather an interesting time, because I went to a dinner that was put out, put on by people associated with the think tank. You’re associated with the CI, the Center for Independent Studies, right of a right leaning Think Tank. Now it wasn’t, it wasn’t an official function. Was a whole bunch of people, people like Andrew Norton and a bunch of other people. It was a dinner. It was just a dinner in Melbourne. It was a dinner to celebrate the election of the Hawke key, of the Hawke Labor government in 1983 because that was seen as the beginning of Australia getting serious about economic reform, becoming better than pretty much anyone else in the world, and I think held in 2003 people were already starting to be anxious that the Howard Government, really, having done its having kind of had a near death experience with the GST, just sort of improvised away. We know that when it got control of the Senate, then we need to another reform paroxysm which killed it off. At least. That’s the that’s the folklore, but it but, but by but Howard. I think of Howard as a very momentum free politician. He was a good politician in a number of respects, and I use that term as in terms of virtuosity rather than virtue. He was good at what he did, and he had a certain idea about what he wanted. And I don’t fully I’m not very sympathetic with that, but I have some sympathy for it now in the age of wokedom, of talking about things like practical reconciliation rather than symbolic stuff. But then anyway, that’s another that’s another topic, but Howard lost momentum almost immediately on. Gaining office, the business community was very upset about it. I was working for the Business Council at the time, and it was an attempt at a reasonable interpretation, is that it was an attempt to to respond to that listlessness that Howard said we’re going to have tax reform. And that turned into another major reform episode in Australia, and that was kind of the last one. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  20:32

yeah. So be good to talk about Hawke and Keating, I mean, very consequential government that essentially brought about the end of what Paul Kelly called the Australian settlement. This is something I talked about with my friend Darren Nelson on a recent episode of my podcast economics explored, you know, the conciliation arbitration, the the, you know, the very rigid IR regulation, the tariff wall, White Australia Policy, although that ended under Whitlam, I suppose. But that that had ended before, it had sort of ended before you, I think. And then there are a couple of other elements of the I might have been Imperial preference that had already gone. And there was another. There was one more element, maybe state paternalism, I think it was the his five elements of the Australian settlement. And, you know, that is that really, you know, shook things up. It got rid of the tariff wall. And as I’m sure, we’ll, we’ll talk about, and, you know, various other policy innovations. Can I ask? How did you get involved in it to begin with, you’re, you’re an advisor to John Button. Were you the industry? I

Nicholas Gruen  21:41

asked as an advisor to John Button. I was my first job out of it. Was my first job out of uni, and I got the job. I think, yeah, I think this is how I got the job. I was a volunteer in Gough whitlam’s office in 1977 when he was in opposition. I was at uni, and I used to go in and do a couple of hours filing for his secretary, Roz Byrne, and I’d just go in and do her filing. And occasionally this enormous red faced man would walk in, walk past, say, slaves coffee, and then walk, then walk into his office. And anyway, I met him once or twice, and John Button used to board in ROS burns house in Canberra. And I don’t know whether I don’t know what happened, but I may have said to ROS I was looking for a job or something. Anyway, I started working for John Button when he was Shadow Minister for Communications in 1981 then I went back to uni in 1982 and finished a law degree. And then in 1983 Hawke got in. And so I started working for John Button, and he put and and the government had got in with a classic opposition’s promise, which is General Motors. Holden had sacked 14,000 workers. Ford was sacking people, and the labor policy was that this was a disgrace. Was all the government’s fault, and that what we and we would review it and fix it up so no one had any idea what to do. And I was given this job, and it was completely fascinating, and it sort of extend, you know, I kind of, I’d never studied economics, but I realized, I realized, in retrospect, that I understood a lot about economics because I’d been talking to my dad about it at the dinner table. And one of the strange things that happened was that I didn’t really I ended up making common cause, not with the economists in the what was then called the industry’s Assistance Commission is now called the Productivity Commission and the Treasury, because they were in ways that I can explain extremists of a certain kind. And I I basically made common cause. And then there was John Button’s department, the Department of Industry and Commerce. It took me, I don’t know, six or nine months. John Button said to me, what do they want? And I said, I don’t know. And, and it took me, I don’t know, nine months to work out that they were following Jerry Seinfeld’s principles of life, which is, we’re not thinking anything. We’re just walking around, looking around, and, and they were sort of, they had this immensely complicated system of local content plans and and limits here, and special rules there, and they were just sort of having meetings with all the stakeholders and trying to keep them as happy as they could. I. Yeah. So anyway, I ended up making common cause with people in people like Ed vis board in the department and John spaziovich in the Department of Prime Minister and Cabinet. And these people were all economically trained, but they weren’t economic zealots. They knew that local content plans made no damn sense. They were broadly free trading, but they didn’t get themselves as tied up in the culture war of in the culture war of of neoliberalism, of of economic reform and so on.

Gene Tunny  25:39

So what was the Could you explain the local content plan this? This was highly interventionist industry policy. Was it for the car? Well,

Nicholas Gruen  25:47

I’ll start with a few, a few riddles, if you like, a few questions. Which is, what government body made an independent recommendation to have a local content plan for Australia in the car industry, answer the tariff board, which was the forerunner of the industry’s Assistance Commission that was in 1957 year. I was born then in 1965 al frantic, and was the chairman of the Productivity Commission of the in of the tariff board. And he’s a kind of Saint among us, among us early neoliberals. And he recommended a and he signed off on a report that recommended a local content plan as well. So he was figuring stuff out himself. Now the local what the local content plan said was that in return for the for access to duty free components, so there’s a tariff of 35% on components. You can have free components if your local content is over 95% now this was always a moving feast. And the big thing that came along was not really that. That killed the industry all on its own. We had the oil shock and a swing towards smaller cars that Australia was bad at making. And then everybody looked all the policy makers looked at Japanese cars coming in and said, Well, can we make those here? Which was a terrible idea. And so then what happened was that we watered down the local content plan for them, to get them to assemble here. They started making cars at about 60% local content. 60% local content is basically zero. What we would, what a non economist would think of a zero local content. There’s virtually no pieces. You pick up some tyres and some windscreen wipers and some spark plugs. But basically, this is a fully imported car, imported in pieces and stuck together in Australia. And then it and then, and then they fiddled. And then so there was a 65% local so then we wanted to get their content up from 60% to 65% and then so there was a 65% plan and a 95% plan. And of course, lots of fights between different factions of the industry. They’re saying, Well, you’ve so Holden and Ford would just say, well, thanks a lot. When we’re making serious cars here and we are now discriminated against, these people have got access to these people have got access to 35% of their content, duty free. So then the Department of of do Industry and Commerce would say, well, we’ll put quotas on these so you can only make 30,000 of each of these things. And it just went on. It just went on and on. I mean, let me tell you one other thing, which was a thing called the non reversion rule. And that was that if you had, if you had started buying breaks in Australia, and then your break supplier was a lousy break supplier, or for some other reason you wanted to change, you weren’t allowed to, and you have to get permission from the non reversion from the reversion Committee, which was a body that sat in the Department of Industry and Commerce. And I will say one further thing, which is that in 1974 under the Whitlam government, that rule had been torn up as part of tariff cuts and things like that, and there was a caucus revolt. And guess who, and guess who moved the motion to retain the to retain the non reversion rule, one, one Junior, the. Old, soon to be Junior minister, then back bencher, member for Blaxland. Need I say more? Paul Keating anyway, like Ratigan, Paul Keating changed his tune on a lot of those things.

Gene Tunny  30:15

Yeah, it’s fascinating just how differently we did things back then. I mean, the past is a foreign country, as they say, Isn’t it just extraordinary? Yeah, yeah. And what do you see as the highlights of that reform era of Hawk and Keating? What do you see as the real great achievement? Well,

Nicholas Gruen  30:35

obviously, cutting tariffs, getting rid of tariffs, is a major highlight. I’ll tell you something that I think of we should put further up there. I know well, Bruce Chapman will thank me for this, but it’s not really, it’s not that it was a great intellectual piece of genius, and this is the higher education charge hex. Now that was something that Milton Friedman had suggested, and it’s just bleedingly obvious. And the reason I and so, what it is, is that the government sits there and says, Well, we administer the tax system that makes a great piece of infrastructure, which we can build finance around, and we can say to people, we’ll help you. We’ll fund your education, and you will and then we’ll once your income achieves a certain amount, we will chart, we’ll tax you more, and we will tax some of that money back. So I think of that as the sort of neoliberalism I would have liked to see far more of we also did it for we also did it for child support. So typically ex husbands, but doesn’t have to be it can be ex wives who have left a left some partnership, instead of the ram shackle system that is run by the courts. Once you have a court order, we then run all that through the tax system, and it works like a charm. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  32:07

Can I ask about, oh, sorry, I was just gonna ask about, Heck, yeah, because that was very controversial at the time. I mean, I was in, I was probably in high school at the time, and I remember, like, you’d see all the news footage of the protests at university, and people were saying, Oh, this is the end of free education, and we’re going to be a backward nation. There’s a lot of controversy. What, what do you see as the benefits? I mean, did it allow an expansion of higher education? Well,

Nicholas Gruen  32:34

well, that was the argument. And I think the answer is yes, but I do. I mean, I think that the thing about the thing about hex, was that the argument for Hex, and again, it was a left leaning neoliberal argument, and the argument picked up by the right and the argument for people paying for their own tuition is that, guess who gets their own tuition? People who are predominantly wealthy, relatively speaking, so it’s it’s so it’s very hard to get around the the fact that free education produces a subsidy from the least well off to the comfortably well off and the comfortably well educated. Now, in fact, that gives me an opportunity to kind of complicate my story, because I’m not sure. Well, firstly, I didn’t really agree with the way hex was introduced. We were told fairly arbitrarily when the when the was the RAND Neville ran, was on the committee, and Bruce Chapman is the person who’s the economist, who’s associated with this. The RAND committee, as I recall, recommended that hex recover 20% of cost. Now, my in my way of thinking, if you’ve if you become a lawyer and you’ve become extremely successful, I don’t see any problem with asking you for 100% of those costs back. In fact, I don’t see any problem with asking for 150% of those costs back. And that takes you back to the idea that which, again, neoliberal, neoliberalism is expunged largely which is progressive marginal tax rates. Australia has cut its top marginal tax rate, like almost every other western country, but still has one of the highest, which I think we can be proudest of, not now, that’s we can argue about when it should cut in. But this was one of the, this was one of the what Martin, whether I can call it the jewels in the crown, it was, it was a piece of common sense among economists of my father’s generation that as you get more money, money becomes less important to you. And therefore, if you can take more. Money off wealthy people without messing up their investment decisions too much, either with their human capital or their physical capital, go for it. That’s a good thing to do. So so it’s so in a way, hex is a nice segue, because it shows you that these arguments that the neoliberals put were right and powerful, but they weren’t complete that they weren’t so it’s absolutely true that free education with an ex with the same existing tax system is is, is a certainly in the short term, a transfer of wealth, transfer income, to the well off and moderately well off from the poor, or not the poor, but the working poor. And so that should have been factored in, it wasn’t factored in. So one of the things neoliberalism did is that it bit like modern university education. It kind of compartmentalized things, and it said university fees, we’re going to talk about that as its own system. And there’s some sense to do that, but it’s all in a larger system, and we’ve got to try and do both things,

Gene Tunny  36:23

some other successes of what they call neoliberalism. Now I’m, I’m a bit reluctant to use the term, because it seems to be always used pejoratively. Yeah, and oh, you’re this neoliberal economist as a way of dismissing what economists say. So I’m always

Nicholas Gruen  36:40

where. That’s what always happens with such words, yes,

Gene Tunny  36:45

yes, anyway, but I was just thinking of other successes. There’s the the airline. Was it deregulation? Did

Nicholas Gruen  36:51

we have a two airline policy here? Yeah, two airline policy was crazy, but, but again, let’s have a look at two airline policy. So what we did was we, we had a kind of nutty system, and it was a kind of, it was a compromise that Menzies made. Because I think what happened was that Chifley was sort of halfway through nationalizing airlines at the time, and so Menzies created this cozy little duopoly. And there were nice cartoons of a twin bodied plane flying from from Melbourne to Sydney, with one one of the fuselages had an set written on it, and the other one had TAA, as it was called, trans Australian airlines, which has subsequently became quant well, was subsequently bought by Qantas. So, so that was a kind of complete mess, and it was like the local content plan. However, airlines are naturally very oligopolistic, and so that was an opportunity not, not, not to just think, Well, I think deregulating the airline was with a system was better than what we had. I think that’s quite clear, but it sort of jumped out of the out of, well, sort of, let’s say it jumped out of the out of the fire and into the frying pan. In other words, it is a bit better, but I think we could have done quite a lot better. And let me give you an example of what I mean, quite a because it’s this is hard. It’s hard to interact oligopolies are hard to interact with. Policy finds it hard to interact with oligopolies. Helpfully, it’s one of the problems we have with supermarkets and things. But this is one of the things we could have done at the same time as deregulating the airlines, or a little bit later, actually, we implemented national competition policy. And national competition policy gave us the tools to say to Qantas, oh, by the way, your your terminal facilities, or some chunk of the terminal facilities that we require you to negotiate with us are, I think, the term and the relevant act is, infrastructure of national significance, and any newcomer. Remember, compass was an old newcomer, and a recent one is bonds or airlines. I think it was called, any newcomer has a right to pay you a commercial price to access those resources. We didn’t do that. And in fact, we did something quite different, which is we essentially allowed, and we would have, I’m pretty sure we would have been doing this while it was publicly owned, or majority publicly owned. We allowed Qantas to do what oligopolists do, which is to have price wars, targeted price. Wars against any new entrant, and that’s the exact opposite of the sort of behavior that we want. And so here’s two policy levers that we had, and we sort of behaved as if, we sort of behaved as if those policy levers didn’t exist. They barely were discussed in the in at the time, and one way of thinking about our failures in reform is to say that we went through a very comprehensive process of policy reform, and we had a quite a powerful philosophy of private enterprise, and really no philosophy of public enterprise, of the role of the public sector in in being a good host for the most competitive possible private sector we could have,

Gene Tunny  40:47

right? And so is this why I think I’ve heard you say this before, or you’ve written it that the micro economic reform era, it contained the seeds of its own demise, or, etc, yeah, yeah. Well,

Nicholas Gruen  41:01

yeah. I mean, what I would say is that it, it, it collapsed into a kind of reductive formula. And the reductive formula was that being market oriented was somehow better than not the and so something like re fashioning the CES the Commonwealth employment services as job active and as a network of private competitors. I’m not actually, I’m not saying that’s a terrible thing to do. I’m saying that, if you do it, pay attention to the problems that the public sector, that the public system has tried to deal with, and be confident that you’re doing a reasonable job on them. And if you can do that, then you might some of this might work. But we didn’t really do that. We just we’re in there, and VT, particularly in Victoria, we just said, Oh, this looks pretty you know, this is kind of competitive. It’s, this is sort of like supermarkets or something, and it’s not these different sectors operate differently. And if you were going to play your role as a custodian of the public interest. You have to think about these things in a critical way, not in a formulaic way. So that’s what I that’s the way in which this, these ideas that, and I’m kind of romanticizing it a bit. I think, as a young person, did his what he saw people older than him do, but it as I saw it when it was being built. This was an engine of human liberation in the spirit of the Scottish Enlightenment and Adam Smith. And it was a problem solving. It was a problem solving mindset, and it became an ideology. It became a formula, and we just went from one difficult area of policy after another saying, Well, how hard can it be? We’ll privatize electricity or as much of it as we can. And then, oops, we got the regulation of rates of return wrong on transmission. Well, how much harm can that do? Well, $100 billion of too much investment, that’s how much harm that’s, that’s, that’s not bad, that’s not bad. Just a little, just a little glitch.

Gene Tunny  43:37

Yeah, yeah, there’s, yeah, there’s certainly been problems. And yep, if you’re going to privatize monopolies or natural monopolies, and you need to have effective regulation and, and, well,

Nicholas Gruen  43:48

yeah, and we don’t know a lot about what we’re not, you know, the state of economic knowledge is not so great. We can, we can help prevent things being a complete disaster. But the state of economics is not so great that we can be that helpful in producing a great result from a from a sector like that. But one thing, I mean, another thing that economic reform did, really, I makes me quite angry, actually, is that there were things that were being done, that were obviously wrong economically, and which were not corrupt in the sense of money changing hands, although that might have happened, but corrupt in a policy sense that we would we were the governments were getting away with mortgaging the public interest. And I The example I give. I remember Chris Richardson telling me this at a conference. Now at No actually, he’s not at Access Economics. I don’t think a Deloitte Access Economics. I think he’s playing his own trade. But I remember Chris Richardson telling me that the Commonwealth Government was selling off its offices. Office, and it was selling off its offices so that it could sell them to a property in trust and rent them back. And the rent would be substantially more than the interest that they were paying. The rent would be about a real return of 7% and they were and they the interest they were paying was a real return of 5% just a plan to miserize the public sector and and it’s just just working out on a spreadsheet. And we’ve done this with every tonight, I’m driving out to the airport. If I go on the road that is the most direct route to the airport in Melbourne, I will pay $20 $20 in fees for 15 minutes, either way, on a on a tollway. And that is much more than what I would be paying or the state would be paying if the government had built that and we replicated that, Sydney did this, and Melbourne did this, and it’s being done much less now, for various reasons, partly because these things have fallen over, because the price the private sector got better at doing them, and then ended up having to sharpen its pencil too much. And there were various bankruptcies. Queensland made these mistakes much less than the southern states. As I recall, you’ve got if you’ve had a few of them, but you’ve done rather well because you had a privately built train line to the airport, and that went broke. But I think the state did rather well out of that. Anyway,

Gene Tunny  46:41

costiness, it’s controversial now, because, because of that deal, it’s a 30 year deal and extend it, you know, and certainly the state government got some money out of it, some reasonable money out of it, but, yeah, because it overlaps with the Olympics, like the deal lasts longer than the Olympics. Yeah, we Brisbane City Council can’t run busses to Brisbane Airport, and that’s going to affect our ability to get people to the games,

Nicholas Gruen  47:07

exactly. And so it’s financially very generally speaking, I don’t know about the Brisbane train line, but generally speaking, the this form of funding, because it uses private funding, not government borrowing. It’s about 40% more expensive, but that’s before you count these things where you have to sign away your ability to improvise using the infrastructure you have, which has happened in Melbourne. So we’ve widened the Tollway to Tullamarine airport. And of course, how do we do that? Well, the the owner says, Oh, well, we don’t really want to do that unless you extend our monopoly for another decade or two or three. So you’re basically caught up in this evergreen monopoly, and you’ve signed away your ability to use infrastructure the way you need to use it. It’s really terrible.

Gene Tunny  47:58

Yeah. And so, I mean, look, I mean, I’m, I like the idea of, you know, trying to use the private sector as much as possible, but I do recognize that in many cases, governments in the past have made decisions based on what they saw as a favorable short term budget treatment like the wholesale and leaseback. Yeah, yeah.

Nicholas Gruen  48:19

Well, let me make a rhetorical point, but it’s a pretty important one. We call these mechanisms for these free these mechanisms for funding freeways, public private partnerships. In England, they call the private finance initiative. Now I think it’s really important, a really nice way to crystallize This is to say that with roads, are always public private partnerships. It’s just that they were good private public partnerships when governments designed, funded and then outsourced the building of them. That’s a good that’s an excellent interface between the public and the private sector. The public does its role, which is to stay in control of planning a city, and it’s a cheaper source of funds. So if you keep that reasonably efficient, that’s going to work for you. And then you’ve got the private sector grinding the gravel and and running the steamrollers up and down and laying the concrete. That’s exactly how you know these weren’t these weren’t these, these, these. None of these roads are built by governments. They’re they’re funded by governments. They’re planned by governments. And you really should have a good reason, and so saying you’ve got private funding when this is a thing that Tony Harris, the former auditor general of New South Wales, says, you know, this stuff, we can’t afford to build it. What absolute nonsense. We can’t that’s simply not true. So sort of a throwaway line, and then you end up building something that’s 40% too expensive and. It ties you up in knots for decades.

Gene Tunny  50:03

The other point, I think, is interesting, is one John Quiggin makes. He gave, he gave a really good talk to Economic Society of Australia, Queensland branch a few years ago. And his point is that, I mean, the issue with toll roads is that you’re not thinking as the road network, as a whole network, as a whole system, and you can end up it can be inefficient in an economic sense, yeah, yeah. Just basically,

Nicholas Gruen  50:27

I mean, that is what a transport economist will learn at university and and our trends and the transport economics that our system implemented, didn’t know any transport, didn’t know any of that stuff. That just sort of said, Oh, well, you know, market, you know, we’re going to stick a toll road here. I mean, all of these toll roads. You know that if you ask the question, why a toll road there? Well, that’s just because a particular politician had a particular thing that they wanted to do at a particular time. There’s, there’s no logic to any of that.

Gene Tunny  51:02

Yeah, yeah. And so we’ve got arterial roads clogged, but yet we’ve got toll roads which, which could take some of that traffic, but because there’s a toll on it, people are hopping on it. And in

Nicholas Gruen  51:15

fact, you know, as you would know, Gene hope I’m not being presumptuous. I think you would agree with this. The standard economic textbook answer is, if you want to put tolls on roads, put them on the old clogged ones, not on the new not on the new ones that are not congested. That’s where the opportunity costs are.

Gene Tunny  51:34

Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. So you should be charging a court. You know, the congestion charging that economists talk about, absolutely. Yeah. I’m just thinking we’ll probably have to start wrapping up soon. But I want to ask you before we go, yeah, about this great quote from Colin Clark in an article you wrote, you put it in your compare and contrast article about in the early days of the Rudd Government in 2008 Yeah? And, I mean, Colin Clark, at the time was, he was working here in Brisbane, I think in Queensland, is economic advice.

Nicholas Gruen  52:07

No, no, no, he wasn’t. No. He was working for Keynes in England, and he went back to Queensland. But that’s where the quote, that’s the, oh, actually, it says, I want to stay in Australia. So it must have what must have happened is Colin Clark, a great Australian economic historian and economist who was instrumental in building national accounting. Was, I guess he must have been at Cambridge, possibly was at lac, but he was a big contributor to the econocracy, the iconocrates in such as they were in the United Kingdom. I think this is so. This is in the 30s, and Keynes says to him, I think Keynes had the same sort of attitude to Australia as Churchill did, which is us into the world, basically. What the hell would you want to go there? So do you want to read it? I can read it

Gene Tunny  53:03

well. If you you’ll read it with more passion, I think, than I will. So please go ahead. Yeah. So

Nicholas Gruen  53:12

he’s so John. John Maynard Keynes is saying, Look, come to England. You know, we’ll get the band back together. This is really important work to be done here. And he says, I’m reaching the conclusion I want to stay in Australia. People have minds which are not closed to new truths, as the minds of so many Englishmen are. Of course, Keynes would have agreed with him about that, and with all the mistakes Australia has made in the past, I still think she may show the world in economics. And I think of that as a sort of we did show the world. We showed the world with Australian exceptionalism, until around about 2001 and then the politics as usual caught up with us.

Gene Tunny  53:58

We might have to come back and talk about, you know, how we might reinvigorate that exceptionalism. Yeah,

54:06

that’d be good.

Gene Tunny  54:07

I think it’s having honest conversations and and not believe in your own you know. I mean, we have, we seem to have too many fixed positions on some of these issues, and ideology plays a role. But I think to resolve some of these, we really have to be much more open, yeah, and just have those conversations. But yeah,

Nicholas Gruen  54:27

I agree with that. And I also think that there are a lot of people it’s easy to pose as an expert about these things, and the experts actually, there’s a marvelous quote from and I’m he was the editor of The Sydney Morning Herald, and he resigned on a matter of principle about Vietnam. And his name was Tom Fitzgerald, and he gave the Boyer lectures. You can’t get them on the net, which infuriates me. And he said that Paul Samuelson, the great post war. Economist talked about my down under heroes, and what he was talking about was the way in which the economists of the Brigden committee in the 1930s anticipated his ideas about factor proportions driving trade. And Tom Fitzgerald said that economists that good economic policy relies on talented amateurs to it relies on a kind of, you know, people like Henry George, a 19th century economist who came up with a very simple and incredibly important idea and was rather and other more learned economists were rude about him, basically. But I’ll try and find that quote, but, but my point is that, I mean, I, I, well, here’s, I hope this doesn’t offend anyone, but I worked for two ministers, and one of them had an economics degree, John Dawkins and the and then I saw Paul Keating in action. I’m not a huge fan of Paul Keating, but Paul Keating had a terrific intuition about what economics was about. He was the only one who could on the Sunday interview program, explain not that he used these terms. He could explain the principle of comparative advantage. He could explain why it wasn’t in Australia’s interest to have trade barriers, even if other countries had trade barriers. And so in that sense, I mean, that’s what we we need. But what I’m getting at is that everyone and their dog and all the journalists class, they pose as economic experts, and almost an awful lot of these people are kind of surfing. They’re kind of sound. They’re going with the vibe, but they’re not that. They don’t, they don’t. They don’t have a real regard for the simplicity, and was an odd word to use, but the beauty of some of the basic ideas and economics, and that means they just end up confused and following the latest, following the latest, the latest trend, the latest fact. Yeah, yeah, economics is about problem solving, and there’s this whole discipline. It helps a little bit, but mostly about problem solving on the merits.

Gene Tunny  57:33

Yeah, exactly. And I think, yeah. I think you’ve, you’ve given some good examples of how there was that problem solving approach in the 80s. I mean, you talked about hex and, I mean, you know, the various other innovations. I mean, it certainly was an incredible reform period. And, yeah,

Nicholas Gruen  57:51

I mean, another problem we had was the trade deficit. It wasn’t entirely clear whether we should regard it as a problem that was a controversy in itself, but what we did was we adopted a very principled approach, which, I mean, it was haggled through politics, but that was the superannuation system. Now, again, I’m quite critical of certain aspects of the superannuation system, but I think I participated as an amateur in this debate that people rather like, which is, why did New Zealand do so much worse than Australia and we were both economic reformers, and I don’t think anyone really knows, but I think one of the reasons is that we gave ourselves access to a big pot of savings, and we lowered the cost of investing, of investment in Australia, and the New Zealanders did the opposite. They didn’t. They’re, I think the only developed world country that doesn’t have a capital gains tax certainly doesn’t have an effective one. And I think those things, those things might matter, but, but that was an example of a bit like the tariff cut an example of a series of themes being run together and turning into a policy solution to a range of problems. Of course, as is almost inevitable with a system like as big as that, especially set up by politicians, advised by economists. We didn’t get much of a look into certain aspects of it. It also created some new problems, but there you are. Life goes on, and we try and solve those as well.

Gene Tunny  59:33

Yeah, yeah. I’ll have to have a closer look at New Zealand. I mean, the big thing I think about is, I mean, we’re lucky. We’ve got iron ore and coal, and New Zealand’s got sheep. So, I mean, it’s, you know, we’ve, we’ve been very fortunate in some of our the minerals that we have and that we can export, although there’s an argument over whether we’ve properly, whether we’re properly taxing the the economic rents that earned off those resources. Yeah,

Nicholas Gruen  1:00:00

that that might be right. But then again, there’s the we’ve got a, we have a I think right now we’re in the grip of a mild form of the resource curse. And you know, the wealthiest, the countries that have done well in the last 3540 years have been resource poor countries. New Zealand has some fantastic assets in in tourism, in dairy, you know, could have tried to set itself up as an offshore bank. We’re not in offshore banking. Now, that wouldn’t do the world any favors, but it might have done New Zealand some favors the way the Irish managed to get some favors done for it. So but, but anyway, they weren’t really thinking. They weren’t thinking like that. And, but, but, look, I don’t know. And I think it’s the other possibility with New Zealand is that its distance from major markets started to matter more than than than it mattered in the 1970s but it’s quite remarkable that New Zealand and Australia have exactly the same standard of living until 1970 and then they just diverge, and now they’re about 20 25% less well off. One other thought is that there are two countries in the in the developed world, two English speaking countries, that effectively have an elective dictatorship, and they’re the English speaking countries that have done worst, the UK and New Zealand. They have a single house. They have no federal infrastructure. So the game is, you head for the center, you persuade the center to do what you want, and then it does what it wants. And it turns out that that you know that that might not be such a distributing power and having more deals and and more log rolling, more deals done to in the way that we do in the Senate. Of course, it’s, it’s like, like Bismarck said, It’s like making sausages. It’s better if you don’t see them being made, but the result turns out, turns out to be better.

Gene Tunny  1:02:07

Yeah, very good. Okay, Nicholas grew and that was, that was good. I learned a lot about your experience in that in the reform era, and some some highlights from it, and just thinking about how we might do better in the future.

Nicholas Gruen  1:02:23

So Well, there we are. We’ve got a teaser for the next for the next episode.

Gene Tunny  1:02:27

I think so. I think so. So you’re happy to wrap up here. Yeah, that sounds good. That’s okay. Very good. Okay. And thanks everyone for for watching and listening. Really appreciate it. And Nicholas, I’ll catch up with you sometime soon for another uncomfortable collision with reality.

Nicholas Gruen  1:02:46

Thank you.

Credits

Thanks to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business, www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple Podcasts and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Government vs. Private Sector: Who Generates Wealth? – EP247

In this episode, Gene Tunny explores the relationship between government spending and wealth creation. He talks about President Obama’s memorable expression, “You didn’t build that”, and how economists think about the role of government and wealth creation. Gene discusses the roles of both the government and private sector in generating wealth and their impact on productivity, GDP and living standards. 

If you have any questions, comments, or suggestions, please email us at contact@economicsexplored.com  or send a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Apple Podcast and Spotify.

What’s covered in EP247

  • Government role in the economy – private sector vs public sector. (0:00)
  • Government spending and its impact on the economy. (5:52)
  • Keynesian economics and the role of aggregate demand in determining GDP. (11:51)
  • Government spending and its impact on productivity. (18:13)
  • Government intervention in the economy, with a focus on public goods and cost-benefit analysis. (25:11)
  • Government’s role in the economy, potential for crowding out the private sector. (31:32)
  • Government impact on the economy and living standards. (38:20)

Takeaways

  1. Government Spending and GDP: Government expenditures can contribute to GDP, but their efficiency and the type of spending critically determine their economic impact.
  2. Private Sector’s Role: The private sector is essential in wealth creation due to its efficiency incentives, but it also depends on government-provided infrastructure and services.
  3. Crowding-out Effect: Excessive government spending can crowd out private investment, potentially reducing overall economic efficiency and growth.
  4. Cost-Benefit Analysis: It is vital to conduct thorough cost-benefit analyses for government projects to ensure that public funds are used effectively and do not become a drain on the economy.

Links relevant to the conversation

Dan Mitchell’s article on the impact of government spending on economic growth:

https://www.heritage.org/budget-and-spending/report/the-impact-government-spending-economic-growth

Dan’s article “OECD Economic Research Finds that Government Spending Harms Growth”

https://danieljmitchell.wordpress.com/2016/11/28/oecd-economic-research-finds-that-government-spending-harms-growth/

Episode on Alvin Hansen and Evsey Domar:

https://economicsexplored.com/2024/06/19/popularizing-keynes-how-alvin-hansen-and-evsey-domar-shaped-post-war-macroeconomics-ep245/

Episode on Thatcher:

https://economicsexplored.com/2020/12/06/ep64-adam-smith-margaret-thatcher-with-dr-eamonn-butler/

Bacon and Eltis’s 1978 book “Britain’s Economic Problem: Too Few Producers”:https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-1-349-15863-8

Lumo Coffee promotion

10% of Lumo Coffee’s Seriously Healthy Organic Coffee.

Website: https://www.lumocoffee.com/10EXPLORED 

Promo code: 10EXPLORED 

Transcript: Government vs. Private Sector: Who Generates Wealth? – EP247

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:00

Jeanne, welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host, Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode. Please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello. Thanks for tuning in to the show. Today, I want to cover an economic issue, and it’s also somewhat a philosophical issue that came up in a recent conversation that I had with Darren Brady Nelson on competition policy. To what extent is the government paid for by the activities of the private sector? To what extent is it a drain on the wealth of the community, is it only the private sector that generates wealth. You may remember that in the 2012 election campaign in the United States, President Barack Obama, in a speech in Roanoke, Virginia, famously said that somebody helped to create this unbelievable American system that we have that allowed you to thrive, somebody invested in roads and bridges. If you’ve got a business, you didn’t build that very, very controversial statement, very I mean, just goes to show what an effective speaker Obama was, that that phrase really captured a lot of people’s attention, and there’s an important economic issue there that I think it’s worth having an Episode on. So yes, I thought this would be a great topic to talk about relevant theory and evidence before we get into it. This episode is brought to you by Lumo coffee. So seriously healthy organic coffee with triple the antioxidants of regular coffee, there’s a 10% discount available for economics explored listeners if you use the promo code 10 explored. So that’s all in caps. You can check out the show notes for further details. Now, I should let you know I’m going to take a break soon from the show. I’ll see if I can get one more episode out before I go on the break. So I’ll probably have about four weeks off and then come back in August. I need to spend some time finalising the book I’m working on, and I need to spend a bit of time on that, but I will be excited to get back on to the podcast, and yeah, looking forward to trying to get more great guests and more great topics. I’ll be interested in your ideas on future topics or guests, or how I can improve the show. Let me know if you have any ideas. You can email me at contact, at economics explored.com, right? Oh, we’d better get into it. One reason I thought that this would be a good topic for the show is after this issue came up in the conversation I had with Darren, I found a passage on this issue in Hanson and Perloff book, state and local finance and the national economy, their 1944 book that I did an episode on a few weeks ago. That was the episode on Alvin Hansen and FC Domar. Now this is a very Keynesian book, and Keynesian economics has become controversial. And if you’re a regular listener to this show, you will know that we’ve talked about the debates about activist fiscal policy, having said that there is, there are some important lessons from Keynes that have been very influential in macroeconomics. So I think while Keynes is controversial, he is an important figure in the history of economic thought, and he has influenced the development of economics, and there are still Keynesian concepts that are very influential and widely agreed upon, even if all of the whole. The Keynesian doctrine and the the primitive Keynesian NISM that we saw in the immediate post war period, even if we now reject that, or most, or I’d say mainstream economists, would would reject that. So with that caveat in mind, we might, we might get into it, because I think what Hansen and Perloff wrote in this book, there is a lot of truth to it. Their discussion of this issue is very illuminating, and hence I think it’s worth us just going through it, and then I will provide some further thoughts and talk about views of other economists and what the evidence is telling us on this very important question. Now I’m going to read from Chapter Nine of the Hansen and Perloff book, public expenditures, income creation and costs. And I’m going to I’m going to start on page 184 and they write that the popular view is that government expenditures and activities are entirely sustained and supported out of income derived from private business. This is quite wrong, as a little economic analysis will reveal the public expenditures made in operating a public school are no less income creating and productive than a private business, say, a cosmetics factory. Indeed, the public school is productive, not only in the sense that it supplies a once satisfying service, as does also the cosmetics factory, but also in the respect that it increases the efficiency and productivity of the future labour force of the nation. Okay, so that very you know, that’s a very good point, and you know, that’s where you know that’s consistent with what Obama was saying, in a way. I mean, Obama’s making the point that public services are helping the operations of the business. Now, of course, you do have to think about the efficiency of those public services or public goods that are provided, which we’ll talk about later. But I think what Hansen and Perloff write, what they’ve written there, is, is sound okay. Let’s go on economic activities, whether governmental or private, involve two operations with respect to their income, with sorry, with respect to their impact in the flow of income, which must be entered on opposite sides of the ledger. And quite erroneous conclusions follow by looking at one side and closing one’s eyes to the other side, with respect to the cosmetics factory, the erroneous argument might be advanced that it is a burden on the community, since the sale of its products drain off a part of the money income flow from the community, that the cosmetics factory is dependent upon all other businesses, since they are the ones that create the income stream and purchasing power enabling the factory owner to find a market for his product. This analysis would, however, be quite unfair to the factory owner, since, in fact, at the same time that he taps a stream of purchasing power and selling his product, on the other side, he turns an equivalent amount of purchasing power right back into the income stream through the expenditures involved in operating the factory, he therefore sustains other businesses just as much as they sustain him. Okay? So, yep, fairly important point there, and that goes to show the the interdependence of all of the the businesses in an economy. So businesses, households and also government, as we’ll talk about, they are all connected. They interact. There’s flows of money, flows of goods and services between them. So very, very important point there we shall proceed. Precisely the same is true of government expenditures and activities. The government, in operating the school, taps a part of the income stream in the form of taxes, but it throws this right back into the income stream through the expenditures made in operating the school. It is not true that government is sustained and supported out of private business any more than the prior than that private business is supported and sustained out of government expenditures and activities in. Okay, so what I would say regarding that paragraph is, look, that’s all fair enough. If we think about it from a normative perspective, though, if we think about it from in terms like more philosophically and make value judgments, where I think some people start to wonder about how we measure economic activity. We’ll get onto this soon, and the value of economic activity. You you might think, well, if we’re talking about goods and services sold in the market, and we work out their value, there’s the presumption that, well, because people paid for those goods and services with their money, with their own money, they at least valued the good and service as much as the price of that good and service, whereas, with government, if the government provides goods and services to the public and it’s funding them from taxation, and we don’t really have a say, I mean, maybe at the ballot box we can have some influence on it, but we we basically have to pay the government. We have to pay our taxes. We don’t really have a lot of say in it individually. Then they provide us goods and services, and when we add them up and put them into GDP, they go in at the cost of delivering those services. But who’s to say they’re really of that value, and we might talk about that a bit later too. So that’s the that’s one commentary I’d make on on what Hansen and Perloff are saying so far. I mean from a factual point of view, from the point of view of impacts on GDP, then they are absolutely correct from the point of view of what this means normatively, or what it means philosophically, I suppose, then, well, you could argue that that may be the case in terms of impacts on GDP, but it may be that the government, what the government spending money on, isn’t sensible. It’s not a good use of our tax dollars. And the point I’ll make even further later is that to the extent that government isn’t spending on sensible things, to the extent that it’s not doing the job it’s supposed to, in terms of supporting the generation of or supporting the productive capabilities the economy, or it’s not providing essential goods and services to the people, then it may well be wealth destroying. We may well have, we may well be able to achieve a higher GDP per capita if we, if we cut some of those inefficient government activities, if we if we cut taxes, if we move towards greater provision of the market sector, that’s a that’s a possibility that I wouldn’t want to rule out. So that’s my one commentary on what’s been written so far. I mean generally, factually, in terms of what it all means for GDP, it’s sound that we should also be thinking about whether we could be doing things differently, whether what government is funding is giving us the best value for money. Okay, we will go on. No private business can sustain its sales volume unless the outlays of other businesses and the government continued to feed the income stream. Nor is private business as a whole self sustaining. It was not self sustaining when the national income fell from 80 billion to 40 billion in the early 30s. So that was the Great Depression. Obviously, that was me saying that not Hansen and Perloff, nor indeed in any other period of depression, the sales receipts of private business, no less than the tax receipts of government, depend upon the maintenance of a high national income, and the outlays of government can and do contribute to a sustained national income no less than the outlays of private business. Indeed, when private business outlays decline, the government alone is in a position to go forward and sustain the income through increased expenditures. Okay, so that’s that’s a very Keynesian one. Point there that in the short run, the level of output, the level of activity, the GDP, is determined by aggregate demand, so the sum of what all of the different sectors are wanting to purchase, in terms of goods and services, and in our national income accounts, GDP, that is equal to aggregate demand, which is equal to the sum of the expenditures by the major sectors. So we’re talking about consumption expenditure, Big C, plus investment expenditure by business, big i, plus government expenditures on goods and services, including infrastructure. This does not include transfer payments, so we talk about them a little bit later. Plus exports minus imports. That’s the net exports component. So we typically see aggregate demand written as C plus I plus G plus x minus m equals y, which is income or GDP, because GDP is defined and is constrained in the short term by the level of aggregate demand, because if people don’t want to purchase the goods and services, then they won’t get produced, and income and employment will fall. So output gets constrained by aggregate demand. That’s one of the core messages in Keynesian economics. And I mean this is, this is something that is widely accepted by economists, that the role of aggregate demand in determining short run, GDP, what happens to the economy in, you know, over in the you know, currently, what, what’s, what’s actually driving economic circumstances? It’s, it’s influenced by the level of spending. That’s, that’s something that’s widely agreed, how, what, what ends up being controversial, as we’ve talked about in in other episodes, is to what extent governments should actively intervene to try to get GDP closer to some desirable level. So Should they actively intervene if GDP, they think GDP is too low for in a depression, should they try and stimulate the economy, or should they try and take some of the heat out of the economy by running a budget surplus so that that there’s more of a debate about, well, there’s a big debate about to what extent governments should be pursuing activist policies, beyond what are called the automatic stabilisers, where the budget naturally reacts to the business cycle, where if the economy slumps, you have less tax revenue, more unemployment benefits. So there’s this automatic stability built in, in a way, and I’ve talked about that in other episodes. So we may not, we may not cover it. I won’t cover it in too much detail. Now, the other thing I should talk about here is this point about taxes and transfers. I said that the government expenditure item in the national accounts doesn’t include taxes and transfers, because where that gets picked up, picked up that will get picked up in the in the consumption spending item so any so what will happen is that if governments, to the extent that governments are taxing and then transfer that money to households, those households spend that money on consumption goods and services, And that gets picked up, picked up in the C item that the transfer spending itself doesn’t add to GDP, it’s just redistributing the taxes and transfers are redistributing incomes from some households to others and helping those other households consume goods and services. Okay, so there’s just one more paragraph from Hansen and perlifer I’d like to read before we I had more of my own commentary the view that public investment is unproductive while private investment is productive, will not withstand careful analysis public investment, just as with private investment, may be merely utility creating, or it may be also or it may also be efficiency creating, the development of a public. Park, swimming pool, playground or concert hall, makes possible a flow of real income, no less than the creation of a radio factory. Public invest, investment in the National Forest, by preventing soil erosion and floods or the construction of school buildings, may contribute to raising the efficiency of labour, no less than private investment in improved machinery. Public investment, like private investment, if wisely made, will be utility creating, or both utility and efficiency created. So yes, the that final, that clause there that that final part of the sentence, where they go, if wisely made, will be utility created, or both utility created and efficiency created. So there, Hansen and Perloff do acknowledge the point that, okay, all of this assumes that what the government’s spending money on is sensible. It may add to GDP in a statistical sense, and it may well employ people, but in terms of whether it actually creates what we might call utility, or whether it improves efficiency, that’s that’s another question that depends on the quality of the spending. I mean, sadly, governments can waste, can waste a lot of money. We can have programmes that that are essentially, you know, not contributing a lot to the community, and end up being brought to a bit. Darren and I, when we chatted, we talked about the National Disability Insurance Scheme here in Australia. So a very noble scheme. And perhaps, I mean, it is doing a lot of good. I suppose there are a lot of people who are benefiting of it, from it, but it is very expensive, and there are, there is a lot of Rorty. Now, all of this is to say that we should be thinking about what the expendit, what’s what’s happening, if what government is doing, whether the dollars that we’re taking that might otherwise be employed in the private sector, whether they’re most productively employed in private or public sector, what’s best for productivity? And that brings me to a famous quote from Paul Krugman. I think it was in his book peddling prosperity. But I could be wrong about that. I’ll have to check that where Paul Krugman wrote that productivity isn’t everything, but in the long run, it is almost everything. So while I I think Hansen and burloff, their analysis of what government spending means in an economic sense is is correct, I’m not, and I think they do recognise the qualifications that I’m about to make. Maybe they have a different judgement as to how, as to how big of a an issue. This is the than I do. But it can be the case that if government’s not spending money wisely, then that’s not going to be good for your long run. Living standards, more spending and transfers, they mean higher taxes, particularly on employees and businesses. And that’s going to impact efficiency. It’s going to impact economic efficiency. Taxes create what’s known as a dead weight loss, an excess burden. They can discourage productive activities. They can discourage people from working or opening businesses. They can discourage people from consuming certain goods and services that that would make them better off. So I think the question we have to ask is, what’s the most productive use for our resources, where we’re thinking about what’s going to deliver the best bang for buck, what’s going to give the best ROI, and we think we should think broadly about what that ROI is. It’s not just going to be, it’s not necessarily going to be what it’s not neces it’s not necessarily, it doesn’t necessarily have to mean that it. It generates an ROI in for the business community, it could be an ROI in terms of providing services, goods and services, education or health, government services that are valued by the community, if a government can do an activity more productively than the private sector. Yeah, or do an activity that the people demand, but which gov but which the market will fail to provide, then that’s fine. I mean, government should be doing that. And so we have various public goods, such as national defence. The traditional example is a lighthouse. You often hear that given as an example, but there’s a wide range of public goods out there. There. There would be a free rider problem if we were relying on the private sector to provide them. So there’s there’s scope for government intervention. But generally speaking, and this is the point I will often make when I’m thinking about, well, when I’m talking about these issues, the incentives for efficiency are better in the private sector, and I think there’s a lot of evidence for that that came out of when governments were reforming public enterprises in the 80s and 90s, we learned about significant efficiency gains that can come from that when governments outsource more of activity, outsourced more activities from the public sector. Clearly, there are failures. I’m not going to deny there have been challenges. There I mean, there have been those botched privatisations in the UK, for example, particularly in rail and it looks like water. So I’m not going to be too I’m not going to be unrealistic or just assume, Oh yes, the market is always going to do things better. But I think generally, the evidence is that the private sector is going to be more well, it’s got greater incentives for efficiency, because if you’re not efficient, you go out of business, whereas governments could, you know, governments keep going, and we tend to see that. Well, I mean public sector unions, for example, or construction unions, which where they have a lot of members working on government projects, they can be very, very influential and affect the efficiency, affect the costs and the efficiency of government programmes and spending. I think that is something that is worth thinking about. Here. I should make the standard point that economists always make that it’s important to crunch the numbers. So we always should be doing cost benefit analysis of programmes and projects. In some cases, we want to do a comprehensive cost benefit analysis. In other cases, it’s, maybe it’s a much smaller amount of money, and it’s more of a it’s not the full blown let’s, let’s do a comprehensive economic study where we’re trying to estimate all of the relevant costs and benefits. It might be more of a desktop exercise, a simpler type of analysis, but we should be thinking, whenever we’re spending money on on government goods as government purchases of goods and services, we should be thinking about the costs and benefits, the pros and cons, and to the extent that we’re not getting that those net benefits, to the extent that we’re not getting a benefit to cost ratio above one, a return on investment, we’re effectively burning money, and the government is then detracting from the wealth of the community, in my view, because that money would pro it would have been better if that activity was not done, if it was, if it if some other activity occurred, possibly in the private sector. And I mean, the last governments have funded many poor projects. They continue to do so, whether because of politics or they, they think that there’s some social benefit that mean, or equity benefit that means that the project should go ahead. One, one example that comes to mind, there’s a new Weir on the Fitzroy River in central Queensland. I actually visited it. I visited it just before it opened. I got a tour of the construction site. Thanks to Sun water, the project proponent. It’s the Queensland Government’s irrigation water business. I mean, it’s a very impressive Weir, and it’s certainly going to deliver some benefits to the community, in terms of, well, there’s, you know, it improves the reliability of water supply. There are some local farmers, they’ve built, uh, they’ve constructed pipes that hook them up to the the weir, and they’re going to be getting water from that. And I think they’re planning things like macadamias and and. Other crops that you need to that you need to water. So there will be some, I mean, you need to irrigate, rather than just rely on the the water from the from the sky, for relying on rainfall. So this is certainly going to expand agriculture, irrigated agricultural production. The problem was, it’s a very high cost dam. It was already going to cost 200 or 50 million, I think it was, and it ended up blowing out its costs. And it’s costing 450 to 500 or something like that. So it was a big cost blowout. And the economics of the dam are pretty of the we are a fairly questionable. There was a business case prepared for it that showed that it had a benefit cost ratio. I think it was under point five. It was, it was rather embarrassing, but the government went ahead and built it anyway, I think because there was such political pressure to build it, and you could argue, well, let’s help it sustain those regional communities. So maybe there’s an equity element to it, but yeah, unfortunately, even where governments do cost benefit analyses, even sometimes they ignore them. So having said about having just talked about the importance of cost benefit analysis, I just note that it’s, it’s not always the cure, and often governments go ahead and, do you know, spend money unwisely anyway. But that, of course, is not going to stop me from arguing always in favour of crunching the numbers right. I might, might go on to a few other things I’d like to talk about before we wrap up. I talked earlier about the the issue, the problems you have when you do have a larger government sector, and you can crowd out the private sector, and you can end up in a situation where, by I mean, that can, that’s going, that’ll affect your living standards. Because even though the government may be boosting, you know, it may be adding to GDP, the C plus I plus G plus x minus m, it could be the case that if those resources were better deployed, then GDP were would be higher and and also, in an international comparison, your GDP per capita would be higher through Well, you know better, better use of resources in your economy. Your economy is more productive, and also because the economy is producing more things that you can sell overseas, that people overseas might want to buy, and therefore that helps improve your exchange rate. You’re not sucking resources out of out of the private sector. So this crowding out, I mean crowding out so well, well known phenomenon in economics. But there was a famous book in the late 60s or early 70s, actually might have been 70s, the bacon eltus thesis, 1976 it was, which was a really interesting diagnosis of the economic problems that Britain faced in the 70s. And this is essentially what led to Thatcher taking over? I did a podcast episode on Thatcher a few years ago. I mean, Thatcher is a, I mean, she’s a very controversial figure. And they’ll, I mean, a lot of people really hate Thatcher. And I mean, certainly she, you know, she was, yeah, she’s, she was a very controversial figure. But the what, if you look at where Britain was economically in the 70s, then really Thatcher taking over and, you know, having to, you know, really shake up the economy. That was inevitable, given that the state the economy was in, the stagflation, the excessive industrial action garbage piling up in Leicester Square in London because there was a strike of the the garbos. It’s, it was really awful time. And this book, this was written by Robert bacon and Walter eltus. So eltus was chief economic advisor to Michael Heseltine, or Heseltine in the Department of Trade and Industry from 1992 until 1995 and he also edited Oxford economic papers. So he was an economist, and he ended up going on to be an advisor to a minister in the major government made John Major followed Thatcher in the he was a Conservative Prime Minister after Thatcher. So their book Britain’s economic problem too few producers that argued that it was the rapid expansion of the public sector that was contributing to Britain’s economic difficult. Is during that period because it was taking resources. It was taking labour and capital out of more productive uses of the private sector and into the public sector. And yeah, so that was a rather influential book at the time, and I’ll put a link in the show notes it. It goes to show that. And I think this is a this is a qualification that I think Hansen and Perloff themselves would have accepted, that, you know, while the government can contribute to the wealth of the community, while the government can help the private sector be more productive. And while the government can provide goods and services and it can invest, it can it can provide capital goods. It can produce public capital, public assets that are of great value, unfortunately, it can also produce things services that aren’t, that are inferior, that are that aren’t as good as what could be provided in the private sector, and in those cases, that it’s subtracting from the the wealth of the community, or we could be richer if we had a shift from government to the private sector. So look, it’s a difficult one, because I do recognise that I get a lot of benefit myself out of public services. In particular, what I the one I think about all the time is the Roma street Parklands in Brisbane, which were built by the state government. Here, there’s an amazing park with a beautiful spectacle garden. And there’s a a great walk that I go on every morning. I go up to, up to the parklands, and I walk through the parklands, and there’s a there’s a rain forest, part of it, there’s a bridge, the Fern Gully bridge, I think it’s called that. I that I go on. It’s been, it’s closed for maintenance at the moment, but it’s just amazing. And that’s that’s a public asset, and my life is is better because the government built that, that public asset and and they maintain it. So I’m not going to say, look, government’s terrible. Let’s get rid of government some government services are are valuable. There are at the same time, you’ve got to recognise that there are cases where public provision of services is is subpar and it’s not. Maybe we could be better off if we have a shift to the private sector. And I mean, maybe this isn’t the best example, but we know that there are a lot of failing government school funded schools out there. We have a real problem in Australia with the lowest performing schools. I think they’re letting down the people in those in the areas where they they’re serviced by these subpar schools. And we should be thinking about whether there’s whether there’s an alternative, whether we can rely on greater school choice, charter schools, etc. That is a big issue, and one I should come back to in a future, a future episode. One person who has a really good take on this issue that we’re talking about today is Dan Mitchell, who is a is a guest. He’s been a former guest on this show. Dan’s been on, oh gee, a handful of times at least, we had a conversation recently about US debt. Dan wrote a really good piece on relevant to this question of how government impacts the economy, how it impacts wealth, the impact of government spending on economic growth. This was for the Heritage Foundation. This is, this is about 20 years old. This piece, I’ll put a link in the show notes, it’s very good. Dan writes that economic theory does not automatically generate strong conclusions about the impact of government outlays on economic performance. Indeed, almost every economist would agree that there are circumstances in which lower levels of government spending would enhance economic growth, and other circumstances in which higher levels of government spending would be desirable. If government spending is zero, presumably there will be very little economic growth, because enforcing contracts, protecting property and developing an infrastructure would be very difficult if there were no government at all. In other words, some government spending is necessary for the successful operation of the rule of law. And then he goes on to say that, that said, well, in his view, most government spending has a negative impact. And. And there’s overwhelming evidence that government spending is too high and that America’s economy could grow much faster if the burden of government was reduced. Okay, so that those point, those final points, are probably going to be more controversial. But the I think what the passage I read out before from Dan, I think that’s, I think that’s very non controversial. You know, he’s saying it’s all about getting the right mix, the right balance. And then you can have an argument over whether, you know, we’ve got too much or too little at the moment. I mean, I probably share Dan’s presumption that we’ve got too much government. But then there are others. I mean, folks at The Australia Institute here in in Australia, and they’re arguing, oh, we should actually have more tax, we should have more government spending, and we’ll be better off. Okay, that’s, uh, that’s an interesting perspective. It’s not one I share. But, I mean, they’re entitled to it. Perhaps I’ll, uh, I’ll have, I’ll have Richard Dennis, or one of his colleagues on the show one day to talk through that. Okay, so that was, that was a broad discussion about the theoretical and philosophical issues associated with government involving in the economy, and to what extent it affects, like, how does it affect living standards? How does it affect the wealth of the community? I mean, clearly we just can’t say something like, government doesn’t create wealth, it just subtracts through wealth. That’s not true, but we should be thinking critically about the how our resources are used in the economy. To what extent are they used by government versus the private sector, and whether we can have a better mix, whether we could be have a higher GDP per capita, whether our living standards could be higher if we move resources out of government back to the private sector. I think that’s a that’s a legitimate question, even if the sort of the simplistic point, or the simplistic argument that the government is just dependent on the private sector and it’s it doesn’t create any wealth itself, even if we reject that, we still recognise that government can be too large. And in the view of economists such as Dan Mitchell and myself, I must say, I think it is too large. I think we would be better off with a smaller government. Okay, one point that you know, I’m going to talk a bit about empirical evidence now before we wrap up, because I think it’s important to always look at the data. What does the data tell us? And Dan, Dan always saw talks about these OECD studies, so he always criticises the OECD you says, Oh, well, you know, you’ve got all of these bureaucrats over in Paris and highly paid and but they’re they’re always saying, Oh yeah, let’s just raise taxes on everyone and spend more money. However, he does note that their research departments, the research part of the OECD and also the IMF, often produces research which contradicts the policy views that are being advocated by these international bodies. And Dan wrote a post, OECD Economic Research finds that government spending harms growth. I will link to it in the show notes. This was back in 2016 very good post. And Dan wrote that a new working paper by two economists at the OECD contain some remarkable findings about the negative impact of government spending on economic performance. And what it found is that, yeah, there certainly is an impact that when they did the cross country data analysis, they did some econometrics, if I remember correctly, they found that larger governments are associated with lower long term growth, and larger governments also slow down the catch up to the productivity frontier. Okay, so the larger the government sector, that’s going to constrain the productivity of your economy. It’s going to adversely affect it, which is in line with what I was saying before. Okay, so there’s some good evidence there. I’m going to link to that in the show notes. That’s, that’s worth that’s worth checking out. Okay, so I hope you found that episode informative. I think it’s an important question, and it it is worth us thinking carefully and critically about how government does impact the economy and our living standards. I’ve given an introduction to this topic and have provided some of my own views. Now, of course, they’re my views, and your views may differ. You may have. Different experiences. I mean, you will have different experiences from me. You may be aware of of different evidence that’s out there. So I yeah, I’d really love to hear from you if you have any thoughts on what I’ve said this episode. If you think there’s there’s evidence, or there are points that I should be considering, then please get in touch. Let me know what you think. You can email me at contact@economicsexplored.com I’d love to hear from you, and I hope that you tune into a future episode. So I’ll be taking a break soon, but should be back strongly in August 2024 I may have one more episode before then I’ll see how I go. But thanks for joining me. I think this is these are important issues to talk about, and I really hope you got something out of it. Thank you. Bye.

Credits

Thanks to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business, www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple Podcasts and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Dollar Dominance: Can the US Keep Its Edge? w/ Stephen Kirchner – EP246

This episode features a conversation between Gene Tunny and Stephen Kirchner about the dominance of the US dollar in global finance. They examine the reasons behind the dollar’s strong position, the effects of US fiscal policy and public debt, and the debate over the future role of the US dollar. Kirchner provides insights into how the US’s status as a net oil exporter influences currency dynamics and global trade.

If you have any questions, comments, or suggestions, please email us at contact@economicsexplored.com  or send a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Apple Podcast and Spotify.

About Stephen Kirchner

Stephen Kirchner is the Senior Economist at the Business Council of Australia, the former Program Director for Trade and Investment at the United States Studies Centre at the University of Sydney, and a Senior Fellow of the Fraser Institute. An expert in monetary and fiscal policy, financial markets, and trade economics, Mr. Kirchner was formerly a research fellow at Australia’s Centre for Independent Studies, an economist with Action Economics, LLC and a former director of economic research with Standard & Poor’s Institutional Market Services, based in Sydney and Singapore. He has also worked as an advisor to members of the Australian House of Representatives and Senate.

Mr. Kirchner holds a BA (Hons) from the Australian National University, a Master of Economics (Hons) from Macquarie University, and a PhD in Economics from the University of New South Wales. He blogs at http://www.institutional-economics.com and is active on Twitter (@insteconomics).

What’s covered in EP246

  • US dollar’s global role as reserve currency, benefits, and potential challenges. (0:00)
  • US fiscal policy and its impact on the US dollar’s global role. (8:40)
  • Monetary vs fiscal policy dominance in determining interest rates and exchange rates. (14:39)
  • US dollar’s role in global finance and its potential replacement by other currencies. (20:39)
  • China’s economy, currency, and trade agreements. (29:59)

Takeaways

  1. The US dollar’s dominant role in global finance is largely due to the unparalleled size, depth, and liquidity of US capital markets.
  2. Despite concerns about the US fiscal position, the demand for US assets remains strong, which supports the dollar’s value.
  3. Other economies, like the Eurozone and China, face challenges in rivaling the US dollar due to less developed capital markets.
  4. The US becoming a net oil exporter has altered the traditional relationship between the US dollar and commodity prices.
  5. Fiscal policy in the US, while concerning, does not currently pose an immediate threat to the dollar’s global dominance due to strong international demand for US assets.

Links relevant to the conversation

Stephen’s post on dollar dominance:

https://stephenkirchner.substack.com/p/dollar-dominance-if-you-can-keep

Stephen’s US Studies Centre article “The ‘reserve currency’ myth: The US dollar’s current and future role in the world economy”:

https://www.ussc.edu.au/the-reserve-currency-myth-the-us-dollars-current-and-future-role-in-the-world-economy

Stephen’s post on how the US dollar is now a commodity currency

https://stephenkirchner.substack.com/p/why-is-the-australian-dollar-so-weak

Lumo Coffee promotion

10% of Lumo Coffee’s Seriously Healthy Organic Coffee.

Website: https://www.lumocoffee.com/10EXPLORED 

Promo code: 10EXPLORED 

Transcript: Dollar Dominance: Can the US Keep Its Edge? w/ Stephen Kirchner – EP246

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:00

Gene, welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host. Gene Tunny, I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode. Please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Stephen Kirschner, welcome to the programme.

Stephen Kirchner  00:36

Thanks for having me back. Gene,

Gene Tunny  00:38

oh, good to have you on, Stephen, you’re doing really interesting things in your newsletter. It’s, well, it’s a sub stack, the institutional economics sub stack. And I wanted to chat with you about some of the things I’ve been reading in your sub stack recently, and also some of these, you know, big international macro economic issues to start with. Might ask you about this recent post. You had dollar dominance. If you can keep it, could we start off? Could you explain what’s what do people mean by this concept of dollar dominance, please.

Stephen Kirchner  01:23

Mostly it’s referring to the fact that the US dollar plays an overwhelming role in as the currency of denomination for international finance. So it makes up the vast majority of global ethics turnover. It’s the currency of denomination for most of the world’s debt issuance and a lot of international lending as well. It’s about 60% of global FX reserves, and it’s the predominant currency of denomination for most of the global trade in goods and services. And so the US dollar plays this very prominent role, which I think is ultimately attributable to the fact that the US has capital markets that are really unrivalled in terms of their size, their depth and liquidity. And so that puts the US in a very good position to be a provider of financial services to the rest of the world. And I think that, more than anything else, is what underpins the role of the US dollar, where I think there’s been a lot of interest over many years, is how much longer this role can continue, and there’s constant speculation about the future role of the US dollar. And this speculation goes back a long way. So in my paper for the US study centre a few years ago on the reserve currency myth, I went back and pointed to lots of embarrassing quotes from the Economist magazine and various other sources predicting the dollar’s demise. All those predictions have proven to be incorrect, but it’s remarkable that half a week goes by, I would say, without an op ed in the FT speculating about the US dollar’s future, which I think about Oasis, sort of getting the cart before the horse. I think before you speculate about the US Dollars global role, you kind of need to think about what would actually change in terms of underlying fundamentals to really shift that position.

Gene Tunny  03:39

Got You Can I ask about that the role as the global reserve currency? Economists such as Joseph Stiglitz have argued that this, this gives the US an un an unfair advantage or an exorbitant privilege. Is that right? Is that? Is that a concern is, does it? Does it actually get is it? How, to what extent does it benefit from being that global reserve currency?

Stephen Kirchner  04:06

Yeah, I have a lot of problem with the idea or the term reserve currency, because I think it’s a little bit confusing. And if you look around trying to find definitions of what it means to be a reserve currency, most of them are somewhat tautological. And so when you invoke the term reserves, people will automatically think of central bank holdings, the foreign exchange reserves. And all central banks hold foreign exchange reserves. On average, about 60% of those reserves are denominated in US dollars, but I don’t think that’s what gives the US a dominant role in the US dollar, a dominant role in international finance. And in fact, if, if foreign central banks held no US dollars, I think that would actually have a fairly marginal impact on both the US dollar exchange rate and. And interest rates similar, because the turnover in foreign exchange markets on a daily basis is in the order of trillions of dollars. It’s probably eight or $9 trillion on a daily basis, and central bank holdings the US dollars in the billions. And so the effect that those reserves might have, and changes in reserve balances, I think you’re going to be very marginal. So the way I think, prefer to think about it is that the US provides a very deep set of capital markets which can accommodate the world’s saving and there is a demand for US dollar assets, and so that’s what I think of, in terms of the US dollar having a dominant role, or a reserve currency role, but it’s really a case of us being a supplier of safe assets to the rest of the world, and this is what’s responsible for the US Dollars roles. I think central bank reserves in this context are fairly marginal.

Gene Tunny  06:10

Yeah. Okay, so the couple of things to explore there in terms of, well, safe assets to the rest of the world. Are you talking about US Treasury bonds?

Stephen Kirchner  06:21

Principally, yes. So the US provides not only what is effectively a risk free benchmark asset for the rest of the world in the form of US Treasuries and treasury bills, but even in terms of a medium of exchange, about 40% of the US banknotes in circulation actually circulate outside the United States, so there’s a demand to hold the US Dollar as a medium of exchange as well.

Gene Tunny  06:53

Yeah. So does this all mean that that the US dollar its value in its exchange rate, so it’s more favourable than it otherwise would be. And so that means that Americans can get, you know, they can buy stuff from the rest of the world a lot cheaper than otherwise. Is that? Is that reasonable to say

Stephen Kirchner  07:17

that’s part of it? I mean, there are people like Michael Pettis, for example, who argue that the US dollar suffers from a structural overvaluation problem that’s because of its dominant role, as you say, would tend to contribute to a higher exchange rate than otherwise. But the way I think about it is in terms of the equilibrium US dollar exchange rate. You would want that exchange rate to reflect all underlying fundamentals, and this is just a one of the fundamentals that feeds into the US Dollars valuation. So I don’t see that as being a problem per se, and it’s certainly not a problem with the United States that there’s very strong demand to invest in the US, whether it’s in the form of debt securities, equity securities, or foreign direct investment. We had this debate in Australia for many years about whether the current account deficit was a problem or not, and I think most of those arguments carry over to the US setting, where it’s certainly not a problem that in the US there’s very strong investment demand, not all of that demand could be met through domestic saving, and it’s actually a vote of confidence on the part of foreign investors that they want to invest in your economy. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  08:39

it’s remarkable. Stephen, you just reminded me, if you go back to say, the mid to late 80s and then the early 90s, there was such an obsession with the balance of payments and the current account deficit. So, I mean, Australia’s now got a current account surplus, haven’t we, thanks to mining, which is a, yeah, very, very positive thing, but yeah, we were, we were obsessed about it, and there was a big debate about whether that made sense or not, or whether this was just a reflection of the great investment opportunities in Australia. So it was good to to remind me of that debate. Can I ask about the safe assets? So you’re talking about us, treasury bonds. And I’ve had guests on this show. I’ve had Romina from, I think she was a Cato. And I’ve had Dan Mitchell from, he’s, he’s got his own Centre for freedom and prosperity. He’s ex Cato, ex heritage. And Dan’s a prominent commentator. And I mean, they’re very worried about US fiscal policy as I am. I mean, it looks like they’re on a very, you know, very bad, well, you know, unsustainable trajectory. They’re gonna have to correct it in some way. But from what you’re saying, I mean, there’s still this healthy demand for US government bonds, isn’t there? So is how. Do. How do you actually reconcile these, these two facts?

Stephen Kirchner  10:04

Well, in fact, a lot of the commentary around the future of the US dollar over the decades has really turned on this question of is the US on an UNSUSTAINABLE fiscal trajectory, to the extent that this might actually compromise the US Dollars global role, and is certainly the case that the US, in terms of the debt held by the by the public, has reached levels that are just a little bit below the levels we saw at the end of World War Two, and the US government was obviously very heavily borrowing. The difference being, of course, that we’ve got this level of debt in the absence of wartime conditions, and with the US economy is still pretty much fully employed. So the question would be, what would happen in the event of an adverse macroeconomic shock when you’ve got such a bad starting point. So I mean on the one hand, the US debt position, the public sector debt position, is one which actually is useful from the point of view of providing a supply of risk free assets to the rest of the world. So there’s no shortage of demand to invest in US Treasury securities. And if there was going to be an issue around the sustainability of the US fiscal position, you’d kind of expect it to show up in the exchange rate and interest rates at some point. But if you if you’re not seeing that in the price, then I think there are fewer concerns about the sustainability of the US deposition. So one way of thinking about this is us, dollar exchange rate actually serves to sort of price this demand to hold us assets. I’d say there’s an excess demand globally to hold us dollar assets, and the US dollar exchange rate reflects that.

Gene Tunny  12:15

So is the market just thinking that, Oh, well, all of these fiscal problems, there still a fair way down the road, and it’s not going to affect our demand for five year or 10 year treasuries. Or are they thinking, Oh, well, the Americans that they’ll eventually sort it out in in Congress, I mean, that they’ll recognise the that they need corrective actions as they have. You know, the Americans managed to do that in the 90s with under Clinton and Gingrich. So is that what they’re thinking? I think

Stephen Kirchner  12:48

from the point of view of the exchange rate, you have to remember that the exchange rate is a relative price, and so it’s the relative price of US, output and assets compared to the rest of the world. And if you look at fiscal policy trajectories in other economies, they don’t look too great either. So Japan, Japan will be an obvious example of an economy which has an even worse net and gross debt position than the US. Fiscal policy settings in places like Italy, which is the world’s third largest market for sovereign debt, don’t look too flashy, either. So with exchange rates, you always have to ask yourself, how does a country look on a relative basis? And so I think the US still looks good in those terms. Yeah, of course, in an absolute sense, you know, I’d certainly agree that the fiscal position in the United States is of a concern. At some stage they’re going to have to address it. But they’re hardly alone in that regard. So thinking about the US Dollars role internationally, I don’t see the US fiscal position, per se as being a problem, okay, but ultimately, I think the issue for the US is that there’s a rising interest Bill associated with its public sector Debt. Just recently, that bill has eclipsed the US defence budget in terms of absolute science, right? And this in itself, is a constraint on US fiscal policy, because that rising interest bill ultimately constrains what the US government can do. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  14:39

yeah, that’s extraordinary. I’ll have to check that out. I mean, to think, I mean, given how large the US military machine is that, how large the Pentagon is, to think that that’s incredible, right? Why I asked that before Stephen was because you’ve got this fascinating chart from macro bond in. Your newsletter on dollar dominance. If you can keep it, I’ll add a link in the show notes that essentially shows practically no correlation between general government gross debt to GDP percentage and the 10 year government bond yield. And I mean, we all know that there’s challenges with doing cross country correlations. But what do you you know and inferring things from from cross country data? But what do you read into that, that that chart? What do you read into those, those data points?

Stephen Kirchner  15:34

Yeah, like the point I was making with that chart, and this probably applies more so to developed markets than emerging economies, but still holds broadly, I would say, is that the fiscal position of an economy is actually not a very good predictor of its borrowing rates, its government borrowing rates. I mean, most obvious example that would be in Japan, which probably has the worst fiscal position on a gross and net basis of any of the advanced economies, and yet has the lowest in interest rates. So I think what that’s telling you is that interest rates are ultimately determined by other things. So underlying productivity growth and monetary policy, and monetary policy, I think, is a much more powerful predictor of cross country variation in interest rates. So if you’re looking to try and predict movements in interest rates between economy and stuff looking at changing fiscal positions, I don’t think you’re going to get very far. And that then flows through to exchange rates, because, yeah, if it’s if it’s the case that interest rates are actually not that sensitive to fiscal policy, then it’s going to imply that exchange rates are probably, by extension, not going to be that sensitive either. So this comes back to the issue of monetary versus fiscal dominance, and that monetary policy ultimately is far more important in terms of determining interest rates than fiscal policy.

Gene Tunny  17:21

Yeah, I think that’s, I think that’s right, certainly in the I mean, I mean you, I can ask you this. I mean, you can, you may have answered this, but I mean, I can understand that in the short term, like I think about how market economists forecast the value of the Australian dollar, and they’ll look at the differential between you know, bond yields or or, you know, they’ll have different maturities, like they might be looking at, I don’t know whether it’s three three month bills or six months or a year, but they, I know they’ll have an interest rate differential or spread, and then they’ll have the terms of trade, for example, in there, but yep, they’re not going to have something like the, you know, what’s happening with the the debt or the budget, I suppose. Or maybe I’m wrong about that, but I take your point. I think it’s a it’s a good one. What does it mean for say, John Cochran theory of the fiscal fiscal theory the price level. I spoke with John Cochran at Centre for independent studies. There was an event we had last, last September in Sydney, and I asked him about the fiscal theory of the price level. What do you think this means for that theory? Have you looked at that at all? Stephen,

Stephen Kirchner  18:41

yeah. I mean this, I’ve addressed that in a number of posts on the newsletter, and I think this goes to your question about the long run. And the long run situation is a little bit different in that it’s possible to imagine fiscal policy and public sector debt getting to a point where it is so unsustainable that you enter a regime of fiscal dominance. In other words, fiscal policy ends up determining the price level, and that is certainly a possibility. So in that situation, the central bank is forced to effectively accommodate expansion fiscal policy. So it’s certainly the case that fiscal policy can play that role. But the way Australia, the United States and other advanced economies have set up their sort of macro policy frameworks is one in which, for the short term, at least monetary policy is dominant. So whatever the fiscal authority is doing with fiscal policy tends to get discounted by monetary policy actions. So as long as you have an independent inflation targeting central bank. Think, then I think you’re in a regime of monetary dominance, but it’s certainly possible that those institutional arrangements might fall apart in the context of a fiscal position that’s unsustainable in the long run, and then you are in that sort of fiscal theory of the price level type world,

Gene Tunny  20:21

yeah, yeah, for sure. Okay, yeah, I think that’s a good point. So if you’ve got an independent central bank, and it’s, it’s not just, you know, it’s, it’s setting monetary policy to target inflation, and it’s, you know, monetary policy doesn’t end up being determined by the government. I mean, if the gov, because you get into that problem in, say, some Latin American countries historically, or Weimar Republic, where the government just prints money to pay its bills, to cover its deficits, rather than borrowing from the bond market. And yeah, that’s where you end up in all sorts of strife, potentially even hyperinflation. So, yeah, I think that’s a fair point. Yeah. Just thought I’d ask you about that, because I think, yeah, John’s, he’s got a really fascinating theory there, and he’s a very, very compelling presenter, and a, you know, really top economist, obviously. So that that’s really good, one of

Stephen Kirchner  21:18

the Argentina, Argentina, good example of the sort of situation you’re referring to. So they’ve had a number of experiments with managed exchange rate regimes that have blown up, and the reason for the blow up in each case was basically that fiscal policy was incompatible with that regime, and it was fiscal policy the one out in the end. So the issue around Argentina, addressing both its inflation problem and the issues around its exchange rate ultimately depend upon it putting in place institutions that will constrain fiscal policy. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  21:58

one of the other posts that I’ll put a link to in the show notes, Stephen, I think it was a post of yours where you’re talking about how the US dollar, how it’s been or the exchange rate, how that’s been affected by the fact that the US has become such a Strong producer of was it shale oil and shale gas? I mean, it’s become a has it become a net energy exporter? Or have I got that wrong? Or how do you

Stephen Kirchner  22:29

Yeah, the United States is now a net oil exporter. Has been since about 2018, 2019, yep. And in fact, produces more oil than Saudi Arabia, which I think is a a fact that would surprise most people. Yeah, so. So the significance of this is that US dollar now trades, you know, as a positive correlation with its terms of trade. It’s it’s trading in much the same way as we’re familiar with here, where the Australian dollar has a very close relationship with our terms of trade. And so the US dollar is trading like a commodity currency. This has big implications for the Australian dollar exchange rate, because what it means is the US dollar is now positively correlated with commodity prices, and in terms of the Australian dollar, traditionally, the Australian dollar has exchange rate has been correlated with commodity prices, but we typically quote The Australian dollar in terms of the US dollar, if its correlation with commodity prices is increasing, then our exchange rates correlation with those prices is going to weaken. And you can see that in the data that the relationship between Australian dollar and commodity prices is essentially broken down since 2018 2019 coinciding with the US becoming a net oil exporter? Yeah,

Gene Tunny  24:06

yeah. But do we do? Is there still a correlation with trade weighted index? Do you know? I mean, I can check that myself, but just wondering, because I think that’s what, where you’re going at there. I mean, because we, we tend to, yeah, quoted in terms of US dollars, but there’s this broader exchange rate concept that you could use instead,

Stephen Kirchner  24:27

no, it affects the Australian dollar trade weighted index as well. So that was actually the charts that I used in that post were the Australian dollar twy. And the reason is, US dollar still has a big weight in the tui China has a big weight as well. But of course, China is running a managed exchange rate regime, largely targeting the exchange rate with the US dollar. Yeah, so China’s weight effectively becomes a US dollar weight in that measure. Gotcha. Yeah. Yeah. So this has huge implications for us, because it means that the with these australian dollar being less sensitive to commodity prices, we’re going to lose some of the shock absorbing role of the Australian dollar. The Australian dollar is not going to moderate those fluctuations now in terms of trade and quality of prices as it has historically. And I think one implication of this is that the reserve bank is going to have to become more activist in its conduct of monetary policy, because it won’t be able to rely on the exchange rate to do a lot of the heavy lifting in terms of setting monetary conditions. So if the exchange rate is not adjusting as aggressively as it has historically, then I think by implication, the cash rate is going to have to do more of the work. I

Gene Tunny  25:50

think that’s a really excellent point, because I remember when I was in Treasury, yeah, we always used to talk about that shock absorbing role of the Australian dollar. And there was a view that that’s why Australia got through the Asian financial crisis so well. So I think that’s a really excellent point. Just trying to remember where I was, where, what I was going to ask about the Yeah, so we’ve got the point about the the twy. I’ll the trade weighted index. I’ll link to that article. Is it China? Is that the in terms of who, which country could replace, the which currency could replace, the US dollar? Is it the the Chinese currency, or is it the euro? What are what are people speculating on? I

Stephen Kirchner  26:40

think the problem that people have there have trouble wrapping their head around is the idea that the US dollar and its role is somewhat disconnected from the relative size of the US economy and its importance in global trade. So the Chinese and the eurozone economies rival the US in terms of size, and they certainly rival the US in terms of their prominence in international trade. And people kind of expect that the respective roles of their currencies should reflect those GDP shares and trade shares where both Eurozone and China fall down is in terms of not having the capital markets that rival the US in terms of size, depth and liquidity. And so the US dollar’s role is essentially a function of the dominant role that the US has in global finance. Yeah, and I think that’s always going to be more important in determining the role that the US dollar plays. Certainly, when the Euro was launched in 1999 there were expectations that it would rival the US dollar and the ECB produces a an index which essentially tries to measure the role of the euro in global finance. So in terms of FX turnover, currency of denomination for debt securities, currency of denomination for global trade. And it does pick up a little bit immediately following the Euro’s launch. But of course, with all the problems in the eurozone and the Eurozone debt crisis, that role has essentially flatlined more recently. So I’d say the Euro has basically disappointed the expectations that were held for it in terms of taking on a global role, and the same with China. So China launched a campaign to internationalise the renminbi and toyed around with a more flexible exchange rate setting around about 2015 2016 but very quickly walked away from it when the exchange rate started to exhibit more volatility than they would like, and so they’ve clamped down in terms of exchange rate setting. They’re still running a managed exchange rate regime and a closed capital account, yeah, and if you’ve got a closed capital account, I think that’s always going to limit the prospects for internationalisation of your currency. And we saw exactly the same thing with the yen as well. In the late 1990s early 2000s the Japanese Ministry of Finance had this idea that they would internationalise the yen, make it the main currency of denomination for trade in the Asia region. They wanted to set up an Asian Monetary Fund without participation with the United States. And all of those efforts really went nowhere. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  29:59

Yeah. I think it’s Yeah, very good point, Steve. And I just remembered what I was going to note before, because why I thought that was interesting, that post of yours talking about how the US has become an oil exporter, and you were explaining why, more recently, the Australian dollar relative to the US, hasn’t got up to the highs that it got up to in the first in mining boom, mark one in the 2000s so where it got to parity, I think at one time. So I think that was a really good explanation of that.

Stephen Kirchner  30:36

I think the contrast is quite dramatic, because we had a big terms of trade boom around about 2011 when, as you say, the Australian dollar got about parity with the US. Well, the terms of trade actually got even higher in 2022 In fact, they were the highest terms of trades going back to about 1860 and yet you certainly don’t see that in the Australian dollar exchange rate. And so the difference is, by 2022 we had this situation where the US had become a very substantial oil exporter, and that just really changed the relationship between commodity prices and the Australian dollar. Yeah, yeah,

Gene Tunny  31:15

good stuff. Just for clarity. And I think this is a simple, I think this is a quick question, the capital control. So you’re talking about how they’ve got a closed capital account. So they’re, they’re limiting the the exchange of of their currency for others, they’re all, they’re limiting people’s ability to pull money out of China is that, is that what people will be concerned about and why they’re limiting the ability of investors to repatriate funds home? Is that why it it may be limited in its potential to be a reserve currency?

Stephen Kirchner  31:59

Yeah. I mean, part of it is just a function of having a managed exchange rate regime that you need to control your capital flows in order to do that, I think it’s worth pointing out that a lot of the outbound capital controls are really not targeting foreign investors. They’re targeting Chinese savers, who they worry might send, there might be capital flight from the Chinese themselves to offshore, and so they place strict limits on the amount of money you can take out of the country.

Gene Tunny  32:35

Yeah, good point. And we’re, we’re a significant recipient of that, aren’t we? I mean, if there was a lot more cap, if there was that capital flight, or a lot more of it, then, yeah, a lot of it would go into Australian real estate, I expect. So yeah, that’s more of a comment, right? Final question, Stephen, there’s a lot of talk about the breakdown of this agreement. That was apparent, I think, is it Jim Rickards, who I’m trying to remember, who goes on about this, but apparently there was some agreement in 1974 between Richard Nixon and the Saudis that all oil sales would be denominated in US dollars. And that agreement has expired. And so there, there are people arguing that this will have profound implications for the US dollar and the US economy. Are you across that issue? And what are your thoughts on it?

Stephen Kirchner  33:34

Yeah, I think people make too much of this issue of in which currency is global trade in goods and services denominated and there’s certainly been moves in the past to re denominate more of the global oil trade and other currencies, including euros. But I mean, in this sense, I think, you know money, the exchange rate is really just a veil. Ultimately, the demand for the US dollar is a function of people either wanting to purchase US goods and services or wanting to purchase US assets. And so that’s where the demand comes from. You can, and that’s a real that’s a real demand. You can denominate global trade in whatever currency you like. There’s no reason why the Saudis and the Chinese could not denominate their trade in oil in renby, for example. But ultimately, the US, US dollar exchange rate is going to reflect the demand for US goods and services and US assets. So, you know, I don’t think it really matters. Is that much what the currency of denomination is. So to give an example, a lot of our iron ore exports would be denominated effectively in US dollars, because it’s a US dollar market. But I don’t think that affects the issue of the demand for the Australian dollar, because ultimately, that money, to the extent that it comes back to Australia, has to be converted into Australian dollars. So yeah, the demand for Australian dollars still reflects the demand for international demand for our iron ore. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  35:38

I think that’s a good answer. I was just thinking about it then. I mean, so if you think about it, Say yes, say the Saudis are accepting US dollars. So they, they sell their oil, they get the US dollars, and then they’ll, they will want to convert it to either their own currency, or they’ll want to convert it to pounds because they want to buy properties in Knightsbridge or or Mayfair or wherever, or wherever they want to invest in around the world. So I think, I think that’s a fair point to make. That’s a, yeah, I think that’s a really good perspective, righto Steven, it’s been illuminating. I’ve really enjoyed this conversation, and I’ll put a link to your great newsletter, institutional economics. I think you’ll Yeah, you’re actually doing some really deep analysis. You’re thinking carefully about these issues, the theoretical considerations, the empiric so I’ve been really impressed by it, and I would recommend it. Are there any any final comments or any reactions to anything I’ve said in this conversation before we wrap up, please.

Stephen Kirchner  36:49

I think that’s been great. Gene. Thanks very much for having me back on.

Gene Tunny  36:52

Oh, it’s been terrific, Stephen. And yeah, keep up the great work, and hopefully we’ll catch up with you again soon.

Stephen Kirchner  36:59

Thanks very much. You.

Credits

Thanks to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business, www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms

Categories
Podcast episode

Popularizing Keynes: How Alvin Hansen and Evsey Domar Shaped Post-War Macroeconomics – EP245

In this episode, show host Gene Tunny explores the influential theories of economists Alvin Hansen, the “American Keynes”, and Evsey Domar. The episode was inspired by a first edition copy of Hansen and Perloff’s 1944 book “State and Local Finance in the National Economy” that Gene was gifted. It includes a handwritten inscription from Hansen to Domar, his student at Harvard. Key topics include the Keynesian IS-LM model, the secular stagnation hypothesis, and the Harrod-Domar growth model. The episode provides a rich historical context and examines the relevance of these theories to today’s economic challenges.
If you have any questions, comments, or suggestions, please email us at contact@economicsexplored.com  or send a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored.

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple Podcast and Spotify.

What’s covered in EP245

  • Book by Alvin Hansen and Harvey Perloff on State and Local Finance in the National Economy. (0:00)
  • Alvin Hansen’s contributions to economics, including popularizing Keynes’s theory and teaching influential students such as Paul Samuelson and Evsey Domar. (5:06)
  • IS-LM model. (11:13)
  • Keynesian economics and secular stagnation hypothesis. (17:42)
  • Fiscal policy and its impact on the economy. (25:28)
  • Domar’s life and growth model. (32:29)
  • Harrod-Domar model and its implications for economic policy. (39:00)
  • Economic growth models and their limitations. (45:22)

Takeaways

  1. Secular Stagnation Hypothesis: Hansen’s theory suggesting that mature economies could face prolonged periods of low growth due to structural factors.
  2. IS-LM Model: Developed by Hansen and Hicks, this model became a foundational tool in macroeconomics for analyzing the effects of fiscal and monetary policy.
  3. Fiscal Perversity Hypothesis: Hansen and Perloff’s analysis showing that state and local fiscal policies can sometimes exacerbate economic downturns.
  4. Harrod-Domar Growth Model: An important Keynesian model that emphasizes the relationship between investment and economic growth, though not fully explaining long-term growth.
  5. Legacy and Influence: Both Hansen and Domar significantly shaped the development of economic theory and policy, influencing key areas such as social security and public investment strategies.

Links relevant to the conversation

Inscription from Hansen to Domar on Gene’s copy of State and Local Finance in the National Economy:

https://drive.google.com/file/d/167cJbNhxBJpsKRwSYGHxbjupX1Q3Iacx/view?usp=sharing

William Easterly’s paper on the Harrod-Domar model:

https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=11020

Fiscal perversity papers:

Fabrizio Carmignani’s article “Can public expenditure stabilize output? Multipliers and

policy interdependence in Queensland and Australia”:

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0313592615300242?via%3Dihub

Tamim Bayoumi and Barry Eichengreen’s paper “Restraining Yourself: The Implications of Fiscal Rules for Economic Stabilization”:

https://www.elibrary.imf.org/view/journals/024/1995/001/article-A002-en.xml

An abridged version of Skidelsky’s three-volume biography of Keynes:

https://www.penguin.com.au/books/john-maynard-keynes-9780143036159

Lumo Coffee promotion

10% of Lumo Coffee’s Seriously Healthy Organic Coffee.

Website: https://www.lumocoffee.com/10EXPLORED 

Promo code: 10EXPLORED 

Transcript: Popularizing Keynes: How Alvin Hansen and Evsey Domar Shaped Post-War Macroeconomics – EP245

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:03

But if it’s the case that the households they’ve got, they’ve got plenty of goods and services, they’re living comfortably, then they might want to save more than businesses want to invest. And this creates a problem in the Keynesian model. Welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host, Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode. Please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello. This episode is about a book that I was gifted recently. It’s a book with a connection to two great mid 20th century economists. So these are economists who will be well known to anyone who’s studied macroeconomics, to say at least an intermediate level. The book is Alvin H Anson and Harvey s Perloff, state and local finance in the national economy. It was published by Norton in 1944 so during the Second World War. Now this book is meaningful to me because I read it during my economics honours year, and the fiscal perversity hypothesis that is presented in this book that was the topic of my honours thesis. So I’ll talk about that a bit later. The book that I’ve got. It’s a first edition of first printing, and it has a signed inscription from Hansen to his student, FCD Domar, who later became a famous economist in his own right. The inscription reads to FCD Domar with kindness. Regards. Elvin H Hanson, now going to the note in the book that came from the bookshop where this book was purchased. It’s it’s from Peter Harrington in London. The note tells us that the recipient, ebsy Domar, 1914 to 1997 was a prominent Russian Keynesian economist. Alvin Hansen, sometimes referred to as the American Keynes was a prominent public policy advisor in the Roosevelt and Truman administrations. This volume, written for the general reader, analysed the US economic conditions at the end of the Second World War and offered concrete advice for the development of local and national economies as the US entered the post war era. Okay, well, I mean, they the war was still going, but, I mean, fair enough. I mean, the Americans probably knew that they were going to win that war at the time, although, of course, there was still a lot more death and destruction to come. Okay, so I was really excited to get this book, just because of that, that connection to these, you know, very famous economists at the time of its publication, at the time of the publication of the book in 1944 alfon Hansen was a renowned figure. He was professor of political economy at Harvard University, and he was Special Economic Advisor to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Now, Hansen lived from 1887 to 1975 and I’ll provide some more biographical details later. Hansen’s co author on this book was Harvey s Perloff. Now he was the junior of the two he was, he was an economist at the Fed, and he ended up going on to be in a being an advisor to President Kennedy, and he became Dean of the Graduate School of Architecture and Urban Planning at UCLA, and he died in 1983 this this book, it adds to my growing economic memorabilia collection, and I’ll probably do some future episodes on other pieces I have so. One of those is a chart on wartime economic planning from the Great British Australian economist Colin Clark. So I want to cover that one as well in a future episode. And I really like having these connections, no matter how small to great economists from the past. It reminds me of the great achievements that economists have made historically, and it gives us something all to aspire to. Now I want to talk about why Alvin Hansen and FC DOMA, why they are important economists, economists, why they’re important economists that we should all be familiar with. Now, before we get into it, I just want to say that this episode is brought to you by Lumo coffee, seriously healthy, organic coffee with Tripoli antioxidants of regular coffee. There’s a 10% discount for economics explored, listeners using the prono code 10. Explored. Check out the show notes for details. Okay, let’s begin by talking about Alvin Hansen, who I said, is the American canes. I mean, he’s a really big deal. He’s been credited with helping to create both the US Social Security system, so he was an advisor around the time that was created in the in the 30s during the Roosevelt administration, and he was, well, he’s also been credited with having contributed to the creation of the Council of Economic Advisors to the US president, more than anyone else. And this is what I think he’s he’s most famous for. He helped popularise Keynes’s General Theory. So Keynes’s General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, he helped popularise that in the US and as a consequence, through out the world. Well, essentially because, you know, of the influence of the United States, and also the fact that the leading economics textbook in the post war period was Paul Samuelson’s economics, which was, yeah, I mean, how many editions? I mean, over a dozen editions. And Samuelson was a student of Hanson’s, okay, so Elvin Harvey Hanson. He was born in 1887 in Viborg, Viborg, V, I, B, O, R, G, I’ve possibly got that pronunciation wrong, South Dakota. He graduated from Yankton College in 1910 and then he studied at the University of Wisconsin, Madison, where he completed his PhD in 1918 his academic career began at Brown University, where he taught, and then moved to University of Minnesota, and he was there from 1919 to 1937 and in 1937 that’s when he moved to Harvard, and he became professor of political economy, And he held that position until he retired in 1957 now, obviously, if you’re at a place like Harvard, you’re going to have very good students. And he ended Hansen ended up teaching some very, very famous economists. I mentioned Paul Samuelson, before who was a Nobel Laureate in economics, you know, major contributions to economic theory. I should cover Samuelson in some more detail in a future episode. And the other student, and this is to to whom Hanson gave this, this copy of state and local finance in the national economy was FC Domar, and he’s known for developing the Harrod Domar model of economic growth. Well, he developed it independent of Roy Harrod, who we’ll talk about later. And you know, this is a very significant model of economic growth. It’s very important in the the history of macroeconomics, even if it’s not regarded as a, as a, you know, a model that actually describes the process of economic growth is a big, bit of a controversy about it. It’s it’s fallen out of favour. But that said it was very important in the development of our thinking about, well, the macro economy and about economic growth in that post war period. So I think it’s important that we all know about it, and we do recognise the contribution that Domar made in developing that model. Okay, so Hansen, he passed away on June 6, 1975 in Alexandria, Virginia. In which case it means he basically passed away the week before I was born, a few days different but, yeah, roughly a week before I was born, righto, so let’s go through three of Alvin Hansen’s major contributions, the first of his major contributions is the development or the the representation of Keynesian theory in a very stylized model of The macro economy. And he did this along with British economist John Hicks, who, who really, you know, first set this out in a in an article called Mr Keynes and the classics, and then Hansen developed his own presentation of it. But they’re very similar. I mean, it’s essentially the same model. It’s one at the same time as one of the most celebrated and also one of the one of the most controversial models of macroeconomics. It’s the IS LM model. So islm, and this is a workhorse model for macroeconomists. And when you read reports from, say, OECD or IMF or World Bank, and you read their discussion of macroeconomics, or if you listen to commentators in the media, underlying a lot of the commentary and analysis is Essentially a very basic islm model, and this model, in the model, I stands for investment, S for savings, L stands for liquidity preference, which is money demand, so people have a desire to hold money for its liquidity benefits. And M stands for money supply. Okay, so this is, this is a very important model. And you know what it what it shows is it will show how, say, an expansion of government spending will, will increase GDP, but depending on various parameters that could be crowded out because interest rates would increase, and that there is this offsetting crowding out effects. And then there’s debates about what those those parameters are and just how effective government spending is. And then you can also analyse what happens if you change the money supply. So if there’s a, you know, if there’s a expansionary monetary policy or a contractionary policy. So this is a model that is, that is widely used, but then it’s, it’s controversial because it, it doesn’t really take into account the fact that prices can adjust and that that can, you know, help an economy get restore itself to to full employment. It doesn’t take in the closed economy version. It doesn’t take into account international trade, capital flows, exchange rate effects. And this is what Tony Macon has said. And, you know, he’s argued that islm For particularly for a small, open economy like Australia, islm is in a very, a very good model. And he’s been very critical of that. And I’ve had Tony on I had him on the show. Unfortunately, Tony passed away a few years ago, but the episode I recorded with him in 2020 a fiscal vaccine for covid 19 is still available. So if you haven’t listened to that yet, please check it out. It’s really great. Okay, so that’s a bit of a discussion of islm. And I mean, as I said, controversial model, but there’s even a controversy over whether it actually captures the essence of what Keynes was saying. So depending on your viewpoint, islm either crisply captures the essence of Keynes’s theory or it’s a bastardization of that which Mrs Keynes’s main contributions. But that really is beyond the scope of this episode, even though it’s it’s an interesting little, little episode in the history of economic thought, and indeed, I may even think about covering it in the future. So if you’d be interested in hearing about that, then let me know, and I can dive more into islm and why it’s why it’s such an important model trying to try and give more of an explanation of it. Okay, we might move on to the next. Next major contribution of Alvin Hansen, and this is this secular stagnation hypothesis. This was presented in various forms by Hansen, and one of the famous presentations was in a 1938 American Economic Association presidential address. And the idea is that if you’ve got a mature economy, you may end up with prolonged periods of very low growth or no economic growth due to structural factors. And he identified a few structural factors that could lead to this, this secular stagnation, he called it, including the closure of the frontier, so the end of territorial expansion in the US. So he, he argued that that reduced opportunities for investment in economic growth. There was slowing population growth at the time. I mean, post war, there was a baby boom. So that was, well, that ended up being one factor, which meant that post war, America didn’t experience secular stagnation. So we’ll talk about that soon. And then also the, you know, there’s the possibility that technological progress could could slow down. And at various times in history, you do get that feeling that the the rate of technological progress is slowed down. There was a big, you know, wave of invention in the late 19th century and early early 20th century, as we really harnessed electromagnetism and automation the assembly line, and yes, there was a Real wave of technological progress. And you know, you could argue that that slowed down, and that’s where, you know, that could drive secular stagnation. And Robert Gordon is who’s a American economist, he’s argued that more recently, we’ve had a slowdown in invention and the, you know, rate of technological progress, although, of course, that’s going to be controversial, because now we’ve got AI, haven’t we? You know that’s there’s a huge debate over that. We might have to cover that in another episode too. But for our purposes, what matters is that these factors could mean that you end up always having this excess of desired savings over investment. So at the full employment level of output, at the full employment level of GDP. So the essence of, you know this, you can think of this in Keynesian terms, because the essence of Keynes’s theory, and this is captured in islm. It’s that at the level of GDP that would fully employ the population, it could be the case that households want to save a much higher amount in so in dollar terms, then businesses are willing to invest. So you get a particular level of GDP. You think about what that means in terms of title income, because GDP generates the income of the community, that’s the national income, and then households want to save out of that. But if it’s the case that the households they’ve got, they’ve got plenty of goods and services, they’re living comfortably, then they might want to save more than businesses want to invest. And this creates a problem in the Keynesian model, because, well, essentially GDP. In this think about GDP and generating income. So you can think about this from two perspectives. If you think about it from the perspective the income perspective, then total income less consumption spending of the households that is equal to the amount of that households want to save in that period. So let’s call that big S. That’s the level of savings. But if you look at GDP from the production side, GDP that is equal to consumption spending plus investment spending. Well, sorry, this is from the expenditure side. But what happens is that the amount of output produced in the economy adjusts to the total amount of expenditure or aggregate demand. So this is the key. This is one of the key mechanisms. In the Keynesian model. So what you end up having in the Keynesian model is that the level of GDP is determined in the short run by the level of aggregate demand, so the sum of consumption and investment spending in Keynes’s model, there’s no adjustment mechanism that ensures that the level of aggregate demand is always equal, or actually moves back towards the level of GDP that would fully employ the population. So this is a this is one of the major points in the Keynesian model that you know that and you can think about this. You can think about secular stagnation as reflecting a situation where it’s always the case that the level of savings that households want to want to take exceeds the level of investments that business will make. So why this? Again, why this is a problem? You can think about GDP as equal to consumption plus saving, or you can think about GDP as consumption plus investment. We’re ignoring government for the moment. This is a closed economy model, and if it’s the case that at that full employment level of GDP, that big S is less than the big I on the other side, well the level of expenditure ends up being insufficient to purchase the output that would be produced at that full employment level. And what ends up happening then is that the level of GDP falls, it adjusts, it contracts to reach an equilibrium where the level of savings ex post, so to speak. I think that’s the terminology they use, so the realised level of saving ends up equal to the level of investment spending by businesses, and that’s where you get that equilibrium. And what Hansen was arguing with this secular stagnation hypothesis, is that if you’ve got a situation where you’ve got this, you know, very high level of savings, but there’s insufficient desire by businesses to invest for the reasons he describes. Then you have this, this mismatch, and the economy won’t reach that full employment level, and you end up in this secular stagnation situation. Now you know, that can be interpreted as a Keynesian concept, and it led to pessimistic views regarding the prospects for the post war economy. And there are all sorts of, you know, there were predictions by by Hansen, and I think Paul Samuelson was, was also concerned about this, and he wrote about it in his textbook. He always sort of saw it as a possibility that this sort of thing could occur. But luckily, we we ended up having robust post war economic growth. So the secular stagnation hypothesis did not, did not come to fruition. And you know, reasons for that? Well, actually, we had a baby boom. For one, there was a there was a big demand for for new housing and and new infrastructure to accommodate the growing population. There was also, you know, they weren’t. There were technological advancements for the war. It’s not as if technological progress stopped. We had Dino major advances in in jet aeroplanes, for example, Boeing 747, and then we had, I mean, what else I mean? Look at, you know, developments in in computing after the war. So lots of technological advancement in those you know, there’s a lot of advancement in those 30 years after the war, so that, you know, then we get up to 1973 that that time, that period, and we have this slowdown, and then there all sorts of economic problems in the 70s, but at least for the first few decades, the roughly the 30 glorious years, as they they call it in France, we had strong economic growth throughout the advanced economies. And there was also the reconstruction effort in Europe, the Marshall Plan. We had the Japanese economic miracle after the war. So there were all sorts of things which meant that this whole secular stagnation didn’t happen. Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor

Female speaker  24:58

if you need to crunch the numbers. Us, then get in touch with adept economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding, submissions, cost benefit analysis, studies and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, http://www.adeptecconomics.com.au, we’d love to hear from you

Gene Tunny  25:27

now. Back to the show. Now, incidentally, I should note that Larry Summers, the famous American economist, US Treasury Secretary at the end of the Clinton administration, Harvard professor, celebrated economist, he revived this concept of secular stagnation in the 2010s to characterise the slow recovery from the financial crisis. Now, again, you know something that’s going to it’s a controversial hypothesis, and we’ll probably have to cover that in a future episode. The point of this, what I’ve been talking about, is to note that, well, you know, we had Alvin Hansen 80 years ago or so hypothesise this for the US in the post war period. And it’s an interesting hypothesis. Luckily, it, it didn’t occur. Of course, you know, I think we should respect the intellectual contribution from a great economic thinker such as Albert Hanson, who has made so many, you know, he has done so much to advance our understanding of the macro economy and how it works and the business cycle, even if you know a particular hypothesis, hypothesis of his did not turn out. Now, one hypothesis of his that actually did turn out and is a correct hypothesis is the fiscal high perversity hypothesis, which is what I talked about at the start of this episode, and I might talk about this now. This is the hypothesis that was advanced in the book state and local finance in the national economy that has been the inspiration for this episode. And so this is in the 1944 book, and this is based on Hansen and Perloff analysis of of data from the the late 20s through the 30s and into the early 40s. And what they found was that the the fiscal policies of the state and local governments, and state and local governments are often, you know, economists may not, they often don’t pay them the attention that they deserve, even though, in aggregate, they do constitute a, you know, a very large amount of spending. What they found was that how the state and local governments were running their budgets, they were having destabilising effects on the economy. Now, if you’ve been listening to this show, or you’ve studied economics, or just from you know, you’ve absorbed this from elsewhere. I mean, you know that the whole the Keynesian view is that fiscal policy should be run in a counter cyclical fashion, so that when the economy goes into a recession, then you have a budget deficit, and then that helps, you know, that helps prevent the economy from being stuck in a slump. Governments will try to pump prime they will try to stimulate the economy through increasing the budget deficit, through spending measures or cutting taxes. But what Hansen and Perloff found is that for these state and local governments, they were actually doing the opposite. They were engaging in pro cyclical fiscal policy, in which case fiscal policy, so by their spending and taxation decisions, was actually making downturns worse, and it was actually, you know, adding to the the momentum in the recovery, or it was, it was, you know, arguably it could be, you know, there’s a risk there that then governments could be contributing to to inflation. But then, you know, they didn’t really that the period they were covering, there was probably little risk of that. They were more concerned about the the impact in depression. So in that period that we talk about, there was both the Great Depression from the, you know, 1929 through the the, you know, the early years of the 1930s and then there was the recession of 1937 1938 in the US. So they’re the the major events that that Hansen and Perloff were looking at, and they were. Noticing that fiscal policy for many states was actually going the wrong direction. It was contractionary in a time of downturn, and the reason for that was various constraints on state and local budgets, whereby, well, state governments, many state, I mean, dozens of state governments, it’s they have in the US, they have various balanced budget requirements. Okay? And so this can be lead to perverse fiscal policy, because if you’re trying to if, if the economy’s in a slump, and you’re getting more less tax revenue because of that, then to respect this balanced budget requirement, you may have to cut spending or increase taxes, which is the opposite of what the the standard Keynesian prescription is. And so uh, Hansen was arguing that state and local fiscal policies were behaving in a perverse fashion, and that the state and local politicians, they should recognise this and adopt a more, you know, sensible, adopt more sensible fiscal policies. And you know this, this is actually something that is still, can still be a problem today. And there are a couple of studies I’ll put links to in the show notes that that demonstrate that we have seen some fiscal perversity by US states and by Australian states in recent decades. And yes, interesting hypothesis, and it shows just the impact of what particular, particular constraints, particular rules can be. So again, very interesting analysis from Elvin Hansen. And you know something, you know he made a contribution that is still influencing economists and informing research to this day. Okay, so that’s, that’s about all I’ve got to say about Alvin Hansen. We’d better move on to his student, FC Domar. Now, hopefully I’m pronouncing his first name, right? If I’m not if, if anyone knows Russian, then please get in touch and inform me how to how to say that correctly. So. FC Domar, April 16, 1914 to April 119, 97 he was a Russian American economist. He was renowned for his contributions to economic growth theory, comparative economics and economic history. He was born in a town in what is now Poland. It was part of the Russian Empire at the time, if I’ve got that right. And he was raised in Harbin, Manchuria. Now he ended up growing up in Manchuria, is because his family moved there in 1916 his father was a small scale businessman, and says, Here is a Menshevik. So a Social Democrat, Menshevik, so I suppose he would have, well, he wouldn’t have been popular during the revolution, because the Bolsheviks ended up taking over and from the Mensheviks. So I don’t know whether he saw what was coming. But anyway, they relocated from from Russian from Russian Poland at the time to Manchuria, and the town they went to, it was a significant hub for the Chinese Eastern Railway, which was built by Russians and and there was a substantial Russian community with Russian newspapers, theatres, and even Russian laws and administration. So, yeah, I mean, just incredible, when you think about it. I mean, one minute you’re in Poland, and then the next year, growing up in Manchuria, yeah, that would have been an extraordinary upbringing for sure. Domar immigrated to the United States in 1936 and he earned degrees from UCLA, the University of Michigan and Harvard University, where he completed his PhD in Economics in 1947 so and through his career, he had positions at the Federal Reserve Board, the Carnegie Institute of Technology, the University of Chicago, Johns Hopkins and MIT, where he became the Ford international professor of economics. So, I mean, you know, all of those institutions are very, very well known, very prestigious. So, you know, he had a he had an amazing career. He’s best known for what’s called the Harrod Domar growth model. Now, this was developed independently of the British economy. Most Roy Harrod, who is famous for this model and also for writing the first biography of John Maynard Keynes. So Harrod knew Keynes, and could obviously provide a lot of insights into his life. I’ve never read that Keynes biography, but it’s cited in other Keynes biographies I’ve read, I think the best, incidentally, if you, if you’re interested, the best biography of Germano Keynes is probably Robert skidelsky’s Three volume biography, absolutely brilliant, and yeah, really provides a lot of insights into how you know what Keynes was thinking how he came to his his views, just the extraordinary life he led. And is working for the Treasury in Britain and then advising prime ministers and presidents and, you know, helping create the post war economic system. Just extraordinary life. But this isn’t about Keynes. This is about Domar. So let me get back onto it, as well as economic growth. He, he was important in our measurement of productivity growth, of technological change. There’s a concept called Domar aggregation. He did work on the Soviet economy, public debt, and the economics of serfdom and slavery. So something I might have to delve into that in a future ever. So that sounds fascinating, but we just don’t have time to cover that today. Daimar was a fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, and he served as vice president of the American Economic Association. He passed away in Concord, Massachusetts in 1997 Righto, let’s, let’s end this episode by talking about the Harrod Domar growth model. This is a Keynesian model. This is the model you get if you think about the implications of Keynes’s theory over several years, if you don’t just have this static model. So islm is a static model, and so is the Keynesian cross model, which is a much simpler representation of Keynes’s theory and doesn’t have the interest rate in it like islm does, if you think about Keynes’s model, or what Keynes was driving at in a dynamic setting, then you end up with, effectively, Harrod Domar growth model. And this is a Keynesian model, a growth model, in which there’s a there’s a razor’s edge, they talk about a razor’s edge solution, and what has to happen to maintain full employment is that you need capital investment. So investment spending by businesses on on capital goods, on buildings, on plant and equipment that needs to grow at a sufficient rate to absorb the additional savings that come with a higher GDP. So the idea is that you get additional capital investment, and then that expands your potential GDP. That expands the level of GDP at full employment. And there needs to be, there needs to be additional investment in the future, like the the amount of investment has to grow so that that is absorbed, so that ends up, it absorbs the savings at that higher level of GDP. And if that doesn’t happen, then the economy will fall into a slump. On the other hand, if there’s, if there’s too much investment, if a level investment ends up being too high, then the economy is going to have persistent inflation. Okay, so it’s a it’s a very it’s a model where you you could actually have a pessimistic reading of it. However, there’s another, another spin on it, which I’ll go through now. And the interesting thing about Harrod DOMA, so it it’s a model in which the secular stagnation that we talked about earlier, it’s possible, but it’s not certain. So the way that Mark blog, Mark blog, B, L, A, U, G, he was a famous economic historian. He wrote this absolutely amazing book called economic theory in retrospect, which is just essential reading for anyone who wants to study economics. I think he was at LSE better go back and figure out how to pronounce his name properly. I think I’ve always pronounced it, blog, Mark blog, he summarised the Harrod Domar model like this. The main points of it, the secular stagnation is not inevitable. Investment adds capacity to the economy, but this does not. Necessarily mean insufficient demand in the future. And what the model illustrates is that there’s always some rate of investment that’s high enough to create demand for the additional GDP of the previous levels of the previous period’s level of investment. Okay, so there was an amount of investment last year that expands the ability the economy to produce output in the next year. And that means a more savings by households. And then you need more investment in the next period than you had in the period before blogs. Blogs argument where the way he interprets the Harrod Domar model is that you can always find some rate of investment, or some growth of in capital investment that will actually create that demand for the additional GDP. So it’s not necessarily the case that the secular stagnation has to occur. You can get around it with the sufficiently high level of investment, I suppose. Well, you’re thinking, Well, that’s obvious. That’s essentially. That was the problem with secular stagnation. You don’t have enough in investment. He developed that in a 1946 model, and then in a 1949 paper and Econometrica, he concluded, where he talked about these growth issues as well, he concluded with some thoughts on, well, what does this all mean for policy? Does this? And you know, this is a very Keynesian way of looking at it, and this gives us an idea of, you know, how economists were thinking in this post war period. And there was a lot of, there was a lot of, you know, I guess, optimism about what governments could do to help keep economies on track, this idea of fine tuning the economy, so to speak. And as I’ve talked about in other episodes, and the experience of the 1970s and late, you know, and later episodes, I’d argue, has convinced many economists that this whole fine tuning thing is it’s not really the recipe for for a prosperous economy. And again, that’s a, you know, there’s a big debate about that as everything. So we’ll cover that again in a future episode. But, you know, I’m very sceptical of of fine tuning and discretionary fiscal policy, as you’re probably aware anyway, let’s, uh, let’s discuss what Domar wrote in that 1949 Econometrica paper, he talked about policies which would help an economy, you know, have the level of investment that is needed so to have investment increasing as the as the economy grows. And he wrote about various methods of encouraging private investments, such as low interest rates, incentive taxation, liberal loss offsets for income tax purposes, etc. A guaranteed growth of income as a method of creating investment opportunities should be explored in this connection. A guaranteed growth of income as a method of creating investment opportunities should be explored in this connection. I wonder if he’s talking about universal basic income or something like that. That’s interesting. I’ll have to think about that. I didn’t pick up that sentence The first time I read this paragraph, but that’s quite interesting. I mean, he’s maybe talking about Social Security or something like that, or, you know, I mean, the UBI people might take some they might be encouraged by that, like to think more about that. And the final thing he writes is, there is no inherent reason why public investment should not play a more important role as well. So that’s a very Keynesian notion. So the idea that if the private sector is not investing enough, then the solution is, let’s have the government step in and undertake that capital investment, undertake the public works to make sure that we’ve got enough aggregate demand to purchase the level of, you know, output that would, that would have it full employment. Okay, so very Keynesian model haradoma. It’s the first representation of, well, it’s the, it’s the it essentially represents the Keynesian model in a dynamic setting. So thinking about what does, what does the Keynesian model look like from year to year, if you, if you don’t just have a static model, you think about the implications of investment in the period previous period for your potential GDP, and what that means the. Aggregate demand has to, has to grow by what the level of investment spending has to grow by to be able to keep your economy at full employment. So, very, very clever model. I mean, it’s, you know, it’s one of those models that you learn about when you’re studying economics and you study the mathematics of it. It’s, it’s very elegant. However, it’s not a model of long term growth. It turns out it doesn’t actually tell us anything about what really drives long run growth. And for that, we need the solo Swan model, the neoclassical growth model, and we need to have, you know, an assumption around technological progress. So we need to think about technological progress now. There have been extensions of solo swan. There’s endogenous growth theory, which tries to model that technological progress. Well, again, another something for a future episode. The basic idea is that the Harrod Domar model is a, it’s a Keynesian model. It’s not really about long run growth. It’s about, it’s about the the macro economy over a period of, say, a few years or so. It’s it’s not about the long run, which is, you know, over 1020, 30, or even longer years. That’s, that’s what we tend to think of, think of when we’re thinking about models of economic growth and paradoma really isn’t that there’s a really brilliant paper by one of my favourite economists, William Easterly, who was an expert on foreign aid. He worked in, actually, he was in the World Bank, and he developed very well views on what the World Bank and, you know, what other organised international organisations were doing that were actually, you know, that ran counter to to the standard prescriptions. He’s a fascinating character, really good economist, so according to easterly in a 1997 World Bank paper, and I’ll link to that in the show notes. So 11 years later, so he’s writing about, he’s writing about domar’s 1946 paper here easterly writes that 11 years later, complaining of an ever guilty conscience he Domar disavowed the original model altogether. He said his purpose was to comment upon an esoteric debate on business cycles, not to derive an empirically meaningful rate of growth. He said his model made no sense for long run growth. Domar endorsed the new growth model of Robert Solow, which would dominate economists theoretical approach to growth for the next three decades. Okay, so that just shows his his intellectual calibre, his his confidence. He’s willing to admit okay, even though this is this models made me famous. It actually, you shouldn’t be reading too much into it, because it was on this well, how he describes what he describes as an esoteric it was relevant to an esoteric debate on business cycle, so it’s nothing to do with long run growth. However, you know, easterly noted that despite Domar even disavowing it as a model of long run growth, that Harrod Domar framework, or the model, ended up being influential in development economics, and it ended up, you know, encouraging development economic economists to characterise the economic development challenge in developing economies around the world as, you know, one of insufficient capital investment as as a challenge where that could be overcome by uh, concessional loans, by foreign aid, by assistance from the western economies to help, you know, stimulate investment or to to develop, you know, major, uh, capital investment projects and new hydroelectric dams, railways, uh, whatever, and he, yeah, he was very sceptic. He blamed, well, he thinks that the Harrod Domar model was influential in in that thinking, or that, that way of thinking about the economy, very Keynesian way of of thinking about it. And you know, easterly, he’s a noted critic of of a lot of the policies that World Bank and other international financial institutions aid institutions have been have been running in the post war period. And he’s more you know, he prefers free market, bottom up solutions rather than top down solutions. So really fascinating thinker, again, possibly a topic for a future podcast. So if you want to learn more about about these issues, then let me know. Please get in touch. And please get in touch with any questions you have or thoughts on this episode. I’ve tried to cover some fairly theoretical concepts this episode, and you know, it’s very possible I haven’t done them justice, or there are things that I didn’t explain as well as I could have explained. So please let me know what they are. If you’ve got your own views on any of these, these issues. So your own views on islm and what the contribution is, what the controversy is about, islm, you know, let me know what you think of that as a model of the economy. Let me know what you think about Keynes or secular stagnation. We can have think more more. We can talk more about what Larry Summers was saying in the 2010s that could be fascinating. And also models of economic growth, if you want to hear, learn more about how economists have been thinking about economic growth, and particularly this new growth theory, or endogenous growth theory, where we’re trying to model what’s driving economic growth in you know, to what extent is it improving your human capital? To what extent is it R and D and innovation, improving technology, the level of technology in an economy? To what extent is it? Institutional factors, rule of law, democracy, etc. There’s been a big literature on that in the last, oh, gee, nearly 40 years now since Paul Romer’s, uh, 1986 paper. Thing was 86 anyway, that’s, that’s something else we could talk about. Anyway. I think I’ve come to the end of this episode. I really love this book that I’ve been given, that have been gifted state and local finance in the national economy by Alvin Hansen and Harvey s Perloff. And it’s just great having this connection to those, those big names, Elvin Hansen and FC Domar. I’m looking at the inscription right now to FCD Domar with kindest regards. Elvin H Hanson, I’ll, I’ll put a some images of the book and the inscription in the show notes so you can check that out. Okay, thanks for listening. I really appreciate it, and I look forward to hearing from you. Thank you, righto. Thanks for listening to this episode of economics explored if you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact@economicsexplored.com or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting app lets you, then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week. You music.

Obsidian  53:29

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode for more content like this, or to begin your own podcasting journey, head on over to obsidian-productions.com you.

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business, www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms

Categories
Podcast episode

Economic Freedom and Efficiency: Lessons from Australia’s Competition Reforms – EP244

Gene Tunny is joined by Darren Brady Nelson to discuss the evolution of competition policy in Australia over the past few decades. Darren draws on his experience as an economist in the NSW Treasury and the Queensland Competition Authority. Gene and Darren reflect on the successes of the original National Competition Policy reforms and assess the more limited scope of the subsequent competition policy review. Darren analyzes CPI data to understand rising living costs and argues for reducing government interventions. The conversation also covers unintended policy consequences (e.g. fraud in disability services provision), the US Founding Fathers’ vision for limited government, and debates around the appropriate roles and sizes of government in Australia and the US. 

If you have any questions, comments, or suggestions, please email us at contact@economicsexplored.com  or send a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple Podcast and Spotify.

What’s covered in EP244

  • Australian competition policy history and reforms. (0:00)
  • Free market competition and its impact on living standards. (7:56)
  • Economic policy and its impact on individuals, including a tragic story from Karen Chester illustrating the costs of high tariffs. (12:31)
  • Economic policy reforms in Australia during the 1980s and 1990s, including the Hilmer report and National Competition Policy (16:08)
  • The benefits and costs of National Competition Policy in Australia. (23:36)
  • Sequels and the original, with examples from movies and economics. (31:51)
  • Competition policy and its benefits, challenges, and potential reforms in Australia. (35:27)
  • Cost of living and government interventions. (40:12)
  • Government intervention in various sectors, including energy, childcare, and alcohol/tobacco. (44:42)
  • Government policies and their unintended consequences, including fraud in disability support programs. (49:23)
  • The size and role of government in Australia and the US, focusing on the founding fathers’ intentions. (53:43)
  • Competition policy in Australia and the US, focusing on regulation and deregulation. (1:00:10)
  • Economics, regulation, and antitrust law with a focus on Australia and the US. (1:06:07)

Takeaways

  1. National Competition Policy (NCP) significantly improved economic efficiency and consumer benefits in Australia.
  2. Reforms under NCP included corporatization and privatization of government-owned businesses, and opening up markets such as telecommunications and airlines to competition, leading to lower prices and better services in many cases.
  3. Despite being from a traditionally left-wing political party, the Hawke-Keating Government was crucial in initiating market-friendly reforms.
  4. Future competition policy reforms face challenges due to political and lobbying pressures, especially in regulated sectors like pharmacies.
  5. Transparent and rational community service obligations were key to ensuring fair distribution of competition policy benefits. 

Lumo Coffee promotion

10% of Lumo Coffee’s Seriously Healthy Organic Coffee until 30 June 2024.

Website: https://www.lumocoffee.com/10EXPLORED 

Promo code: 10EXPLORED

Links relevant to the conversation

Where you can find Darren’s submission to the Productivity Commission’s National Competition Policy analysis inquiry:

https://www.pc.gov.au/inquiries/current/competition-analysis/submissions

AFR article “PC’s Karen Chester’s love of economics born of despair” (pay-walled):

https://www.afr.com/politics/pcs-karen-chesters-love-of-economics-born-of-despair-20161206-gt4poh

Whitlam Era book featuring Gene’s article on Whitlam and the Economy:

https://www.connorcourtpublishing.com.au/THE-WHITLAM-ERA-A-REAPPRAISAL-OF-GOVERNMENT-POLITICS-AND-POLICY_p_511.html

Productivity Commission’s 2005 NCP review:

https://www.pc.gov.au/inquiries/completed/national-competition-policy/report/ncp.pdf

Episode featuring John Nantz, Free Markets & Limited Government: Lessons from the Founding Fathers for Today  – EP218: 

https://economicsexplored.com/2023/12/14/free-markets-limited-government-lessons-from-the-founding-fathers-for-today-ep218/

Transcript: Economic Freedom and Efficiency: Lessons from Australia’s Competition Reforms – EP244

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Darren Brady Nelson  00:03

socialism ultimately doesn’t work because it doesn’t create prices, right? It doesn’t have prices give that, you know, and to also jump into high IQ, you know, because prices obviously this mix of information and incentives at the exact same time, right? When government does something, you can pretend to have prices, just like the Soviet Union pretended to have prices, but they weren’t real, you know, they didn’t need to reflect, you know, allocation of resources they didn’t, you know, they certainly didn’t inform entrepreneurs or consumers properly and all that sort of stuff.

Gene Tunny  00:42

Welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host, Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello, and thanks for tuning in to the show this episode, we’re going to be talking about national competition policy. But before we get into it, I’ve got to let you know this episode is brought to you by LUMO. Coffee seriously healthy or Ganic. Coffee. There’s a 10% discount for economics explored listeners, you can find the details in the show notes, the promo code is 10. explored, that’s in all caps. So definitely check it out. I couldn’t recommend it. Right. Oh, we’d better get into the show. I’m joined today by Darren Brady Nelson. Darren, good to have you back on the show. It’s been a while.

Darren Brady Nelson  01:51

Yeah. Good to be back. Good to see you. And yeah, I’m pretty excited about the topic. It’s a good one, one, near and dear to my heart.

Gene Tunny  02:01

Yeah. Well, let’s, let’s talk about that. Darren, I mean, you’ve got a background in competition policy, haven’t you from your time in New South Wales, treasury and elsewhere? Can you tell us a bit about that place?

Darren Brady Nelson  02:11

Yeah, essentially, it was my first job at a university at New South Wales treasury, an economist and you know, 1995 when national competition policy kicked off, so, you know, absolutely great time to join something like New South Wales treasury, because at that stage, you know, the Commonwealth wasn’t really doing much on that front. Because, I mean, it was the state who had all sort of the government businesses and a lot of that stuff that needed the reform international competition policy. And, you know, obviously, New South Wales being the biggest state, not I mean, that doesn’t necessarily mean they will lead the way on things, but at the time, they were because, you know, both labour and liberal were kind of, you know, amenable to these types of reforms. And at the time, that was Bob Carr’s Labour government, and in particular, you know, I’d say the late great treasurer, Michael Egan, you know, was was in charge, and he was, you know, very, very instrumental and very interested in these reforms. Gotcha.

Gene Tunny  03:12

Okay. So let’s might be good to just go over some of the history of competition policy. So by competition policy, we mean, measures to promote greater competition, because generally, competition I mean, there’s competition is a good thing in terms of making the serve the economy more efficient, we get cheaper services, cheaper goods, generally better quality, too. So there’s a there’s, there’s a virtue, a competition is a virtue. And it before that we had back in Australia, we had this. I mean, we were very highly regulated. We had a lot of government owned businesses, I suppose. You know, we still have some, but could you paint a picture? Darren, what was what were things like before national competition policy here in Australia? Well, to be fair,

Darren Brady Nelson  04:00

actually, things were already moving in that direction. As you would probably recall to with, you know, the Hawke Keating government’s Minister, you know, I remember people, you know, particularly liberals or whatever he said, kind of say, I can’t remember exact phrase, but basically, they were doing the sort of reforms that the Liberals should have done but they didn’t do under like, Malcolm Fraser. And so, now, how can Keating kicked off a lot of great stuff, you know, typically, I think banking and financial forms, you know, various sort of international trade reforms, currency reforms, labour reforms, and then, you know, sort of the competition policy, you know, kind of came out of that. I think so, it was also perhaps inspired by what was happening with Roger nomics. In New Zealand, and also what was happening, you know, in the UK with under Thatcher and the US under Reagan. You know, as experts As you know, what was happening, you know, in the 70s, and prior to that, but I understand, I think you have a better handle on that. But, you know, just how uncompetitive and protected markets were both domestically and internationally, including, you know, obviously, you know, the the two airline policy, the one big monopoly of what was it called prior to tell strike anywhere? Telecom? Telecom? Yeah. So I think, yeah, the telecom sort of reforms have been right before national competition policy, but then they kind of rolled into competition policy as well. And, um, you know, later on, kind of when competition policy, maybe five years or something after that, things like airports started to kind of roll in as well. So the regional competition policy was very much focused on infrastructure, in particular, government owned infrastructure, at state level in particular, but, you know, maybe to a lesser extent, local government, we can kind of touch on that. But, you know, terms of what Queensland did some interesting stuff that the other states didn’t do, in terms of competition policy, for instance, basically, in a nutshell, they they copied what was happening at the federal level, and, and basically tried to incentivize local governments to do sort of similar reforms, you know, with water and sewerage and various other sorts of local government owned businesses, or least local government heavily regulated businesses. And a key component about national competition policy, maybe, I don’t think this was with the other earlier reforms, and they haven’t really done it since is the Commonwealth made payments available? So they basically had these incentive payments, combination of incentives and, and compensation because, you know, to reform something, it’s not cost free, obviously, you know, to reform these things, you know, cost some money to do it in the first place. And then Queensland replicated that model and had money on offer for local governments. So after New South Wales treasury, I worked for the Queensland competition authority, and they were in charge of that programme, that national competition policy where state interacts and incentivize local government. So and I don’t think any of the other states did that. So definitely, you know, we’ll get to this. But you know, if any, if there’s a national competition policy 3.0, I think you have to have that sort of payment system in place, which was at the national level was run by the national competition Council. And then, you know, the QC just kind of replicated that sort of model. And we can obviously, at some stage, you know, I think we first met around the time the national competition policy 2.0 was happening with the Harper review. Yeah. So, yeah. It just for the audience in the Hilmer review was a thing that first led to the original competition policy. As you obviously recall, yeah.

Gene Tunny  07:56

Hmm. You know, we might talk about that in a minute. I just want to go over some of the background. So you mentioned Hawke and Keating. And that’s right, that was a very Suppose you say reformist government or it. And it was a very brave government because it was a Labour government. And so Labour’s traditionally the left wing party in Australia, but yet it fell upon the Hawke and Keating governments in the 80s and 90s, to adopt reforms that you would think you will do their free mark there in the direction of the free market, which was terrific and cutting tariffs and you’re reforming markets. So ending to airline policy, financial deregulation, and that two airline policy, there’s a great story. Well, it’s a terrible story really, when you think about it, but it’s a story by Karen Chester, who was deputy head of the a triple C poor car and got into a bit of trouble early this year. I’m not sure where that that’s all that there was some controversy, but we’ll just ignore that for the moment. She because she’s a great economist and she’s a former Queenslander, she, she told the story at the 75th anniversary or 70th anniversary of the Economics Department at UQ. Customs House whereby when her grandfather, there was a grandfather died in in Perth in the early 80s. And you know that her mother, they were living out of Salisbury or somewhere there her mother couldn’t afford to fly over to the funeral because of the high cost of airfares in real terms because of the restriction of competition. And I mean, I don’t know if you converted it to today’s dollars that it’d be in the 1000s of editor you know, it’d be very costly to fly to would it be very costly to fly from Brisbane to Perth? I think it was Perth back in those days. So it’s just you know, it was just extraordinarily costly and caused all sorts of social problems that that terrible policy so I think that was something that was worth definitely worth reforming. I think that was Karen Chester I’m sorry if it if it was at Cardiff, I’ve got the story wrong but that’s that’s the That’s what I remember something you know, there was a vivid story I may have the facts a bit distorted but it was out very real, real story that just struck me Oh, that’s a that’s a really good example of just how poor economic policy can cost people. So I think that’s, that’s a good illustration. And then I always remember how we always used to have it I would be told I don’t make have to longer phone call with your, your maid in Brisbane is when I was living in Townsville, because of the cost of the cost of the phone calls. The secret subscriber Trump dial dialling phone calls STD calls, just ridiculous when you think about it now, and we’ve managed to reform and bring all of those costs down?

Darren Brady Nelson  10:49

Well, yeah, just to jump off of that, I mean, you know, free market competition is the greatest, you know, sort of mechanism there is for alleviating poverty, for you know, getting rid of it to for the most part, I mean, I mean, you’re not going to get rid of relative if you like, you know, the relative poverty, like, you know, someone has more stuff than me, but, you know, to actually lower costs and make things that were previously unaffordable, affordable. You know, that’s obviously what happened, you know, with the industrial revolution, you know, sort of in England, and then spreads throughout, you know, sort of the English speaking world and Western Europe. And obviously, that’s the same sort of thing that China allowed to happen to, you know, to a much greater degree, you know, I guess, roughly sort of early 90s, I guess, to about the GFC, roughly, you know, so, obviously, that everybody knows how many people, you know, people know that there’s a lot of people were lifted out of poverty through that process as well. And always works, you know, so, you know, some people have this impression, if you allow markets to kind of operate more with less regulations and less tax, that that somehow just makes the rich richer, and the poor, poor, it’s the exact opposite. You know, it’s usually the cartels and stuff, that’s, you know, sort of, I mean, will create, if you like, more unearned wealth, you know, amongst a smaller batch of people, whereas, you know, sure, there’ll be millionaires and billionaires, if you like, under a free market competition system, but they would have earned it like Steve Jobs learned by just providing a good product at a reasonable price, an innovative product, you know, of a high quality product, all that sort of stuff. Yeah, yeah,

Gene Tunny  12:32

yeah, exactly. Exactly. I’ve just found the story about Karen Chester in the financial review, so I’ll link it in the show notes. It’s a it’s a really, you know, incredible illustration, but it was about her. It was about a mother. So Miss Chester’s mother had squirrelled squirrelled away her savings for two years in hopes of buying a return ticket to Perth from their home in the Daggy Brisbane suburb of Salisbury to visit her own mother for the last time, but the cost of clothing was three times higher in real terms than it is today with tariffs of more than 40%. And domestic air travel was four times more costly. Under the two airline policy, a perfect storm for my mother who ended up riding the squirrel tin to reclaim this no flight to Paris. She never saw her mother again. This Chester’s told the conference. And that’s just the that’s just a tragic, you know, really sad story and just shows the human cost of bad economic policy. So, you know, a lot of people accuse us like they accused me I’m always being accused or you’re a neoliberal or You’re heartless. You’re an economic rationalist. And I just pushed back well, okay, these, actually, the policies you’re advocating for are the Heartless policies, right?

Darren Brady Nelson  13:44

Yeah, well, look, if they’re calling you that, I don’t know what they’re calling me. Even more free market, if you like. There was a piece I wrote for this either came in financial review. One of the editors is our mutual friend, Dr. Dan Mitchell. And yeah, so I wrote this piece that, you know, it’s about more than than competition policy, but certainly competition policy played a big role. But in there, I kind of look back, you know, certainly the 1980s. But also start out with a little bit. I was trying to remember the term but I found it and I wrote about it. You probably heard this term, the Australian settlement. Yeah. Yeah. Which apparently was from the early 1900s to the early 1970s. And to actually be fair, interestingly enough, I think some of that tariff reform that you mentioned, actually started under Whitlam deity. Interestingly enough, yeah. Somewhat, you know, you might even think it counterintuitive, I guess. So, you know, that could be also something you could possibly link to, if I can find if I can find a link to it. Yeah. Well, I can tell you that. Yeah, sorry. Go. I can

Gene Tunny  14:58

tell you about the Australian settled because that was Paul Kelly’s conceptualization of it in the classic book about the reforms in the 80s called the end of certainty. And I mean, his thesis was that what we had from your right from around the, from Federation through to the, essentially the early 80s, although it started to be dismantled in the 70s was the Australian settlement. There were three elements of it. And I think it’s three, they’re basically the tariff protection. And then there was the was a conciliation and arbitration, the, you know, the living wage or the, you know, the heavy regulation in the labour market. And then the third element of it was controversially White Australia Policy.

Darren Brady Nelson  15:43

Oh, okay. That was the third. Okay. I didn’t write about that. I wrote about the, the Labour and the tariffs. 

Gene Tunny  15:50

It was, I think that was the third element. But yeah, and essentially, we had to abolish the White Australia policy, because it’s obviously it’s abhorrent, really. And it’s, it’s against the UN convention or whatever we signed. And, and therefore, after that, we then like the in the 70s. So the Whitlam I mean, for all his faults, I mean, I wrote a chapter on the Whitlam government in Scott Price’s book on the Whitlam era. And, I mean, look, they were irresponsible in in many ways, but they did a lot of good things, too. They actually started the reform of government owned businesses. That was when they broke up the old Postmaster General’s department, we had a big government department that delivered the mail and also took care of telecommunications. So they broke that up and formed Australia Post and telecom, which then pave the way to corporatization and then privatisation of Telstra. And then they also cut they had a 25% tariff cut. And that was recommended by Nicholas Gruen’s father. So Nick’s been on the show before I work with him a lot, really great economist, his brother, David runs ABS, I worked for David to back in the Treasury. And there, you know, Nick and David’s dad, he recommended a 25% tariff cut, but that was lodged from what I can tell. Part of it was for micro economic reasons. But another part of it was for macro economic reasons, because the government was involved in embarked on this huge expansion of the federal government. And if you want to make sure you’ve got the resources to do that, you want to you want to get some of them from input. So you need to take pressure off the domestic economy by allowing greater imports, which is and the way to do that is by cutting tariffs. So it was partly for macro reasons, too.

Darren Brady Nelson  17:28

But there was also the in a fixed exchange rate era. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  17:32

yeah, exactly. Yeah. Yeah. So there’s a I mean, it’s a whole different world, the way they thought about economic policy back then it’s, yeah, it’s a really different era. And then we go into the end of the 80s. And yep, you’re right. We have those, those great reforms from Hawke and Keating are backed by John Howard and the opposition. So credit all around. And then we get to Hilmer. So can you tell us a bit about the Hilmer report? who like it was Fred Hilmer? Wasn’t he was a professor, was he a professor at UNSW? Or I knew or somewhere?

Darren Brady Nelson  18:04

Um, yeah, look, I wasn’t involved, you know, like, I came in afterwards. And obviously, I read the report. And yeah, but you’re right, your, your memory is correct, he’s, he was a professor at UNSW. I don’t know, the whole genesis of that, that’s something I’ve never kind of really looked into. I kind of came in, you know, to make it up, you know, to, to, you know, put it into operation. So, I got in, you know, as like a, you know, brand new, you know, baby economist, and I was helping, you know, sort of implement that from, you know, the state of New South Wales point of view. And in particular, I was involved in kind of all aspects of it, but I in particular, was involved in competitive neutrality, if you remember, remember that there was kind of all these, basically, everything was trying to achieve, I think you alluded to, or maybe even said, it was trying to, you know, move things in the direction of competition, if you like, are allowed to move into the direction of competition. But, you know, it had, you know, you know, Hilmer made recommendations, I’m pretty sure most of it was accepted. And it was turned into these these agreements that were between the Commonwealth and the States. And they came up with things like model legislation that I think they, they wouldn’t run to the state of South Australia, for some reason, I don’t know, the whole reason why South Australia, but then you all the states would have the same, you know, pass the same sort of act. And it also involves, you know, sort of, as you mentioned, these incentive payments, which was, I think, crucial, you know, that I think the agreements were great, obviously, legislation was was important and part of that these various competition policy acts around the around the country, and it had certain aspects competitive neutrality, which was about, you know, you know, government businesses competing on a level playing field. Basically, they had all these different mechanisms for making sure that you know, that they had, for instance, tax equivalence, so they weren’t paying for Commonwealth income tax, so they had to have like an equivalent of it. I think it even got to a point where the ATR was actually the one, you know, processing that, but they were actually just giving the money right back to the relevant state.

Gene Tunny  20:15

You mean, the Australian Taxation Office?

Darren Brady Nelson  20:18

Ato, you’re right. Yeah. Yeah. HR that’s in the United States called the Americans for tax reform, not the same place. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  20:27

Just for clarity, the reason that they didn’t have like, they technically didn’t have to pay income tax, but all the corporate company tax because these businesses were owned by state governments, and state governments under the Constitution. I think there was a famous high court case, that rule that the Commonwealth can impose taxes on state governments or state owned entities, is that the case? And so they had to effectively pretend to pay tax? Correct?

Darren Brady Nelson  20:53

Great. Yeah. And they were also a few, like, pretending to pay dividends and stuff to shareholders. So you know, they corporatize them, and the shareholders were, like, you know, often the New South Wales treasurer and some other Minister, that type of thing. So that, you know, I mean, keep that, in reality wasn’t the really big thing. You know, it was like, you know, particularly when they, but it was all part of the process of, you know, like, Victoria kind of went down further path of privatising some of the other states didn’t do that they kind of corporatized and tried to make it so that, you know, they were no longer kind of a monopoly in their market, or, or if they were in there that, you know, they weren’t just dominated with a whole bunch of government advantages of various sorts. So, so can we better tune it neutrality was kind of my thing, in particular, at first, and then even when I went to the TCA, that was kind of the first thing I was starting to do there was to be involved in, you know, there sort of opera operationalizing competitive neutrality in Queensland, and then then kind of moved into more of the trying to get the local governments to do their sort of, if you like, their fair share of reforms, you know, because they had government owned businesses of various sorts, particularly water and sewage in particular, but it wasn’t, there was other ones as well, there was, you know, various waste management and all sorts of other stuff, too. So, you know, and I think they also had things like a more formalised, look, if you’re going to keep these things, and you’re going to designate these things as monopolies, well, then you need to have like a proper regulatory system, you know, proper regulator goes through a process that doesn’t just rubber stamp you, you know, gold plating your networks, and that’s, you know, charging people high prices. So, you know, wasn’t a perfect system, but, you know, considering what, you know, what, you know, what it was prior to that it was a huge improvement. And unfortunately, you know, we can cover, you know, when the Harper review camera, I’ll have a review, really, it was very unheroic. And it was like, mainly tweaking, if you like, Australia’s version of antitrust laws, you know, basically, you know, a triple C related, you know, competitive conduct related laws. Although another thing that happened, the first NCP was they opened up, they allowed I believe government businesses could they were subject to the a triple C’s, anti competitive conduct laws. So, you know, government, unless it was literally, you know, Crown activities, you know, actual government activities and not actually business activities. The actual business activities, whether they corporatize it or not, could be subject to a triple C’s jurisdiction.

Gene Tunny  23:36

Okay. And now in terms of the businesses that were affected, we had and you talked about corporatization and so that’s when effectively the government, it takes the the operations out of a government agency or a board. So been in Queensland oil in Queensland and other parts of Australia. We had electricity delivered by boards. We had the southeast Queensland electricity board the North Queensland electricity board, Norquist, that’s the one I remember growing up. And, you know, it’s effectively a gap

Darren Brady Nelson  24:06

veterans Pacific power in New South Wales. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  24:09

And then and they, their government agencies delivering these, you know, these utility services. And, and, you know, I mean, I think, you know, I mean, the power would certainly had power. I mean, I think we used to have more blackouts back then or brownouts and things, partly because of industrial action at times that the theory is or and I think there is evidence that supports this, that generally in businesses where there’s that heavy government involvement or overlay or control, they’re less efficient, there’s more tendency to overstaffing. And the quality of service is lower now, you know, and so I’m very sympathetic to that. And so, you know, I guess businesses that were corporatized electricity, businesses, ports and railways, et cetera, and then private As a nation, something else and privatisation can be controversial. Maybe we can talk about that later. But what do you see? What do you think that whole period that national competition policy period was a success? How do you how do you rate it? Darren?

Darren Brady Nelson  25:15

Yeah, look, I think overall, you know, kind of using it, like, I’ve seen a lot of economists like to kind of think in terms of cost benefit analysis, I think it was clearly, you know, quite a big death benefit. I mean, the Productivity Commission, you know, did did a number of studies over the years, I think they did one kind of originally 9095 kind of predicting what it might look like, and then they did, they did a kind of an impact analysis in 99, and then did another one. And 2005. And, but I remember, I believe I was looking at the one 2005. And, and, you know, they were they kind of looked at them, they factored in, you know, the, the incentive payments, for instance, because, you know, that should be a part of the costs, obviously, but, you know, they came to some conclusion that it was basically the, the net benefits were essentially about 100 times the costs, you know, so we’re talking kind of, you know, biblical proportions of net benefits, we’re not talking about like, just slightly of net benefit, which you still might do anyway, you know, if it’s, if it’s somewhat a net benefit, you know, because obviously, cost benefit analysis doesn’t make the decision for you necessarily, but it might suggest, hey, look, it’s it’s got a net benefit may not be a big one, you know, then maybe do it, but this ended up being, you know, just amazing, you know, even though that it still had plenty of flaws and could have been done better. But yeah, it was, you know, just the GDP return through, you know, a lot of price reductions, basically, you know, particularly in these infra infrastructure related entities, which, you know, we’re electricity, gas, rail, all sorts of ports, I there was even airports came into it eventually. Just it was amazing, you know, you know, it was ran for about a 10 year period and, and the returns, you know, to the Australian economy, and particularly, you know, going back to your point about you know, just like sort of middle class and lower and lower income people just got amazing benefits out of it because of the low prices and you know, not just a low prices, but the better quality and the better service and all that that came with it, more quantities of things, etc.

Gene Tunny  27:24

Yeah. So what I’ll do is I’ll put a link in the show notes to the Productivity Commission’s 2005 review of NCP where they go over a lot of the empirical evidence and they conclude that benefits from NCP from national competition policy have flowed to both low and high income earners, and to country as well as city, Australia, though some households have been adversely affected by how higher prices for particular services and some smaller regional communities have experienced employment reductions. So I guess what they’re getting at there is that I mean, to it, to an extent some of these efficiency reforms meant that some consumers who were being cross subsidised in the past had to pay more for services such as electricity or water or whatever, or rail services actually. And rail services is a good illustration, I mean, bad illustration for these communities that were affected. But I mean, one of the things the Labour government here in Queensland had to do and they copped out and to their credit, they copped a lot. They copped a lot of criticism for this, because this was against their, you know, their voting base in a way. They ended up having to rationalise the railway services in the 90s. This was the GaAs Labour government, which is completely you know, it was a it was very rational, economic, it was, you know, it had a really good framework. It’s different from the current, you know, previous subsequent Labour governments that that we’ve had here in Queensland, very different flavour. But it basically rationalised a lot of those passenger rail services to far flung places in Queensland where there’s just no one, you know, there might be one or two people cashing the train or maybe no one on some services. So they cut a lot of those services that was hugely controversial. And also they scaled down railway workshops in different parts of the state where there wasn’t really the work to be done. And again, very controversial. And so I guess what I’m trying to say is that these measures, while we think, you know, they’re generally for the whole community, they’re a good thing, they will have some impacts, there could be some people who are adversely affected when we don’t want to be to, you know, just see the world through rose coloured glasses. So that’s just one point I’d make there. Do you have any thoughts on that? Darren?

Darren Brady Nelson  29:39

Well, the Productivity Commission is you kind of, you know, mentioned or certainly alluded to, I mean, they did distributional sort of analysis as well. So it wasn’t it like a straight up to Australia getting that benefit, you know, you have to obviously go a little bit more disaggregated than that and they did, but also part of the competition policy. A key part of it was community service obligations. So basically to take a more a more transparent and rational approach to subsidising stuff. So, you know, at the end of the day governments could make, you know, could like justify with sensible, you know, like they go look at it and go look, there’s, there’s, there’s these externalities, there’s these public good aspects, but at least it made it more transparent and you kind of could, and then you could see it on the books, okay, this is what we’re spending on it, and you can make a better decision. If you’re, you know, fine, we’re going to keep this going. But here’s, here’s the costs and benefits associated with it. So, you know, cost benefit analysis and community service obligations. were, you know, a thread is well, throughout NCP. So, I think, you know, I think, you know, that should make it also, again, if they bring it back, if you use that sort of stuff again, yeah, it should make it more attractive to, you know, abroad, sort of basic constituents. So, yeah, you know, that that’s certainly hopefully something that if they do go ahead with an NCP, three 3.0, which obviously, we don’t know if they will or not, because Productivity Commission is currently just doing kind of analysis, sort of like they did in 1995. Except that 95 Everybody agreed to do it. But so they said, Okay, everybody’s agreed to do was kind of like project what this might look like, was now, it’s not a done deal that they’re actually going to do it. But the Productivity Commission has been given a tough task to kind of like, a very tough task, because they knew exactly what NCP was was going to entail. And then they tried it and it’s still not an easy job, then forecast what that will look like over the next 10 years. But now they got a harder task, like, well, what is NCP might entail? And let’s try to forecast what that’s going to look like in terms of, you know, the benefits and costs and distributions of that. Yeah, yeah, we

Gene Tunny  31:51

might talk about that in just a bit lighter because I want to talk about NCP two first, but you do make a good point. And I think what the PC is hoping and they sort of this is suggested in the terms of reference for that NCP three inquiry that the government or the the Council for federal financial relations or whatever it is, there’s some body that represents the states and the Commonwealth is going to give it a programme for reform, but based on you know, my, I guess we can talk about this later, but I’m not hopeful it’ll be very comprehensive. I think it’ll be pretty high level and it’ll be it’ll be challenging for them. So we’re gonna talk about that a bit later. But I want to ask you about what like, we talked about NCP one, and then there’s NCP two so is this a? Is this the traditional case where the original is better than the sequel? It’s not like Empire Strikes Back or Godfather Part Two, like, this is a case where the original is actually better than the sequel? Yeah.

Darren Brady Nelson  32:48

I’m not sure if nothing jumped in my head. Where is it? What’s a good move example where the original is like, far, far, far, far better than the sequel? Because that’s what the case was NCP to

Gene Tunny  32:59

Georgia thinks the classic example Halloween. You’re

Darren Brady Nelson  33:01

right. Actually, jaws would be a good one.

Gene Tunny  33:05

Friday the 13th Yeah, I would definitely

Darren Brady Nelson  33:07

not Alien and Aliens. Because those two were like, really awesome. And just different from each other. Yeah. And so it’s not casting aspersions on on Harper, which, but I think, you know, the terms of reference was just very heroic and very narrow and very, like, it was more for like, competition lawyers, you know, it’s like, you know, great, I guess the here’s some fiddling around the edges. I guess it’s improved things. I don’t know. But yeah, it’s nothing like the first NCP and it’s kind of sad that it kind of is the 2.0. But that’s all that’s all right. Sometimes. 3.0 is or, you know, can can can ever have a really big comeback. Even if the second one wasn’t that great. So, I’m sure I’m pretty sure there’s been a movie to where, you know, I can jump in my head later, but there was there was one more like the first move. Maybe it looks the back to the future ones. Yeah, that’s it. The first one was obviously great. The second one was like, the third one was like, hey, that might be great. Again, you might remember that. Yeah. Okay. I had a different interior ones. One went back in time, and they had the cowboys and Yeah, you like that one guy? Yeah, I think I think most not everybody, but I think most people recognise that. Even if it wasn’t quite on par with the first one was, you know, vastly better than the second one anyone?

Gene Tunny  34:25

Yeah, that’s probably right. The second one’s the one that gave us the hoverboard though, wasn’t it? That’s where he has the he’s on the whole give us the hoverboard. Yeah, yeah, yeah. Now, yeah. Okay, that’s a nice, great films from the 80s 70s and 80s. We were talking about takes you back. Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  34:49

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with adept economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions. cost benefit analysis studies and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, www dot adapt economics.com.au We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  35:18

Now back to the show. Okay, so we’re talking about NCP 2.0. And well, let

Darren Brady Nelson  35:27

me get something that you said earlier, you said like competition is a virtue. I mean, one thing one statement that I remember you on the first NCP doing it, and they kept on being repeated. I think it was written down somewhere as well, basically, I think it might have been in the agreements, actually, the the NCP agreements, the various inter governmental agreement, but you know, there was basically a phrase along the lines of, you know, competition is not an end in itself, but a means to an end. And then you know, that that end being obviously, really, ultimately, consumer welfare if you like, you know, sort of like lower product prices, greater productivity, greater innovation, all these sorts of things. So, hey, look, I largely agree that I think I think competition itself has some aspects that, you know, if you like, are good in themselves, you know, just like working, even though like people, even economists tend to overstate that working is all about ultimately having more leisure or being able to buy more stuff, while actually working in itself is a good thing, too. I think competition, although, yes, it is really more about, you know, obviously, providing that discipline to the market that governments just can’t do. They can’t replicate it with price controls, again, they certainly can’t replicate it through taxing more stuff or even owning things. But you know, but But yeah, it’s largely a means to an end, but it does have some virtue qualities in themselves, I think.

Gene Tunny  36:52

Yeah, yeah, exactly. I guess that’s what I was trying to get at, in part. Because, you know, just to me that I don’t know whether it was Adam Smith, or Frederick Hyack. Essentially, or maybe it was Milton Friedman making the moral case for, for competition for free markets. And don’t just look at it as a as a means to an end see value in the process itself in the in the freedom and the Liberty. So that’s the one of the points I was trying to make. Yeah, it

Darren Brady Nelson  37:19

certainly would have been, you know, a point, you know, for sure made by iron Rand or something, you know, even more so.

Gene Tunny  37:25

Hmm. Yeah, yeah. Yeah, for sure, for sure. Now, just on the hopper review, just, it just got me thinking. One of the problems I think we’ve we’ve had in Australia is that we’ve done the things that were obvious to do, let’s reform all of these really inefficient government businesses, and let’s improve competition in telecommunications, and airlines, and we’ll deliver big gains to consumers, which we have. Part of the problem is that once you do the big things, you get into a lot of these more difficult things. And then you got politics involved in the lobbyists. And I mean, for years have been talking about the need to reform things like pharmacies and get rid of rules which prevent new pharmacies from opening up there all sorts of rules to control how many pharmacies you’re gonna have in an area, and you come up, you come against the industry groups as they are, this is terrible. This is bad for regional areas or whatever. So, I mean, that’s what I see is one of the problems and that’s where I think this latest, NCP 3.0 will come to grief because the particularly this government, which is, I mean, it’s a Labour Government, and it’s, you know, because of its political constituency, it has to do things that are favourable for the union movement and demand that you know, it’s nothing wrong with unions. The thing is, though, that some of the measures that they will adopt will not necessarily be good for economic efficiency. So that’s, I think that’s one of the challenges that we’ve we’ve got with current NCP before we get into well, we might talk about that later. But a bit ask you’ve, you’ve made a submission to this NCP analysis inquiry that the Productivity Commission is, is conducting at the moment, so I’ll just read out the terms of reference. Just to SET set this up. The Commission will undertake a study to assess reform options proposed by a Commonwealth state and territories as part of the revitalised national competition policy, to understand the economic and other benefits to the Australian community as well as the government revenue impacts, while the reform options are yet to be agreed by CFR and that’s that Commonwealth Federal Financial relations body. It is important that they tackle shared priorities such as addressing cost of living pressures, that’s great. And adapting to the netzero transition, digitalization expansion of the care and support economy and creating a more dynamic business environment. So that’s what we’re going to get out of this inquiry and you You decided to make a submission to this inquiry? You’re one of the 14 or so submissions on the website. Why did you want to make a submission to the inquiry? Darren? And what are your main points in that submission? Please?

Darren Brady Nelson  40:14

Well, as I mentioned in the beginning, it’s kind of something that’s near and dear to my heart. And, and also, obviously, cost of living, you know, that’s a particular have been a problem for quite some time. You know, I worked for a senator Malcolm Roberts, in his first term in the Senate. And, you know, kind of one of the big focuses, you know, that I had when I was working for him was cost of living, and, you know, sort of used to do a lot of sort of, you know, speech notes and help with media releases, and also kind of, you know, kind of sort of looking at the statistics that kind of show what’s going on on that front. It also helps with, you know, setting up we did a well, you will you will remember this because you spoke at it. We did we did, I think it’s the first ever Australian cost of living summit, I have never found one that they’ve done before. I know they’ve done some kind of more recently, or since if you like. So, you know, we obviously had a great cast of speakers, including, you know, the late great, Tony makin sort of mutual friend of ours. And yeah, I mean, Dan Mitchell came out for that. It was yeah, it had like a lot of great speakers. And obviously, you know, a bit of entertainment at the end with Ross Cameron, and, and, oh, yeah. Mark Latham. Yeah, Mark. So, and I think Liberty Fest was actually the next day, I think you were probably at that, too. I mentioned, I’m not sure if he spoke at it or not. But

Gene Tunny  41:41

I didn’t go to that. I haven’t had a lot of involvement in or maybe I dropped in to say hello to someone. But maybe I said a lie to you. But I didn’t. I tend not to. I liked your cost of living Summit. Because there was a real there was a lot of economic content there. I I mean, I don’t have any problem with Liberty fest. I think it’s an interesting concept. It’s just, it’s a bit more political than I say, there’s a lot more politics and economics, I’ve found with some of those events, so I tend not to go to them a lot.

Darren Brady Nelson  42:09

Yeah, so So the cost of living Summit, so it’s so obviously, something that I’ve been, you know, as I suppose a lot of economists would be, depending on what you focus on, you know, I’ve had a great interest in that. I just wanted to get on the record, you know, look, you know, I didn’t want to sort of spin too many wheels wasting time. So basically, to be fair to the audience, I did, I spent most of that submission, just quoting myself, you know, I wrote a whole bunch of stuff on cost of living and kind of related matters. And that’s okay, because academics do that all the time, where they sit there and quote themselves, so I’m not an academic. So, but look, I caught myself and I, you know, kind of, you know, went through in kind of a logic, so I didn’t, you know, one thing I did do is I want original thing if you like, and it’s like, completely original, but I thought I’d focus on kind of CPI, you know, like putting aside, it’s, you know, it has its foibles as a statistic, you know, you know, really kind of represents 40% or 50% of the prices that are out there, but that’s fine. Look, you know, so I focus on CPI, I’ve just got the ABS data, and I wanted to kind of go as far back as I could, and go up to obviously, as update as I could and just kind of look at, you know, what are the what, and I looked at it on an industry by industry basis, obviously, you can look at it different ways, capital cities, and all sorts of different ways. But I like to look at stuff on an industry basis or a policy basis, if that’s an option. So that but you know, it kind of intuitively was the sort of stuff I expected, you know, the suffered, government is heavily involved in one way or another, either heavily regulating it, maybe even providing those services, or in the case of, for instance, alcohol and tobacco. It’s taxing it whether you think it should or should not, obviously, people have kind of, you know, health and externality reasons that they justify that. But anyway, I didn’t want to go there. First, I just wanted to see what you know, what’s the landscape look like? So, you know, I was able to provide a lot of that. So I think I looked at it, kind of three sections was kind of you kind of what’s the economics of this, particularly the cost of living was my focus? What’s the data that would be in the CPI stuff? And then then, you know, kind of what’s looking at, you know, what’s driving it? Because my thesis, obviously, is government interventions, for the most part, are driving that. Now. Look, you can say some of these government interventions are justified, well, okay. But still, it’s going to drive up the cost of living, you may think, you know, climate change is the most urgent thing we need to do. Well, if you bet it’s still gonna jack up electricity prices, right? You may want them to be jacked up, but they’re gonna be jacked up. So I don’t think too many economists can disagree that, you know, that’s a factor, right? You may say, Oh, it’s a justifiable factor, I will say differently, but, you know, so I wanted to get there and get that just kind of all on the record, you know, just kind of my my thoughts on it. And you know, As someone who knows something about competition policy, I, you know, obviously as I started out in that world, and I’ve kind of done a lot of similar work, you know, over the years in that, you know, basically in that space either in Australia with utilities and utility regulators, and you know, some of the industry associations, etc. And then kind of more recently, over the past decade more think tanks, both Australian and American. So I just kind of, you know, look, you know, I guess I was a little bit more optimistic, perhaps, that I should have been, yeah, that’s gonna happen. But the point was still, like, look, I want to get on the record, you know, hey, you know, and it’s, you know, in fiscal policy, regulatory policy brings your policy of Reno’s that’s a factor, but I also want to get on the record that fiscal policy is a factor, obviously, they mentioned the terms of reference, you know, I want to go on the record that there’s such a thing as the Laffer curve. So, you know, you government, you know, can get some benefits out of, if you like pro competition reforms, you know, you can, you can get more revenue through the door than just trying to tax people at higher rates, and then monetary policy, which I know, no one’s really going to touch. But it’s a factor, you know, like housing, for instance, is a classic, you know, where you print a lot of money jacks up the demand for housing, then you do stuff, like have heavy environmental regulations inspired by climate change, and you restrict the supply of land use and all that sort of stuff, and then throw in another factor that don’t make much, you know, sort of have been, you know, having, you know, mass immigration, you know, brings in that a lot of just demand for housing as well. So you’ve got a lot of stuff going on. And look, things need you looked at, amongst Even today, there will still be low hanging fruit as you sort of, you know, you didn’t use that term, but you were alluding to low hanging fruit. And that’s fine, you know, prioritise the, the, the, you know, find where there’s kind of a big economic bang, and low political resistance. And obviously, those are the places you can tackle first, and you leave the, you know, the stuff that’s got less economic bang, and high political resistance. And, you know, obviously, there’ll be stuff in between. So, you know, look, I’m, you know, I’m pragmatic, you know, I don’t expect, you know, like, either bring in an entirely free market tomorrow, or don’t do anything. So, you know, the sort of practicals that we can do. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  47:23

And so what you did was did you replicate? There’s a famous chart, I think, that was prepared for the UK by someone, I think it was that Institute of Economic Affairs, or Adam Smith Institute, I can’t remember the exact Institute where they show for the UK, that those heavily regulated sectors are the ones with the highest increase in CPI, that with the highest inflation rates, and I’ll try and track that down. You’ve effectively done that for Australia. Have you said things like, what is it its energy, its childcare, etc? And you mentioned alcohol and tobacco? I’ve got something to say about that in a moment. But as I was

Darren Brady Nelson  47:56

saying, Yeah, well, no, it was the IPA, they did it for Australia, but the report was from, like, 2018, or something. So it certainly lines up with I think they wanted to even greater detail, you know, like really highlighting, you know, what are the areas of high intervention? You know, that’s kind of the analysis that I kind of alluded to, but I wanted to get, you know, there’s data going up to 2023. And I also want to go further back in time. So yeah, the IPA thing was for Australia, and it’s a great diagram. You know, things haven’t changed, you know, like, the logic still, you know, sort of stands at test time. I don’t think they touched monetary policy in there, but they certainly did fiscal and regulatory policy, if you like, I like to think of, you know, in terms of a big three government policies, because, you know, really, government’s instruments are those three things. So if you talking about industry policy or competition policy, they’re still using those three, you know, potentially they cut across those three big areas of policy. Obviously, within fiscal policy, there’s, there’s, you know, spending and, and tax and that sort of thing, but I kind of like to think of it in those three kind of big levers, if you like that, that government has, basically, basically getting out of the ways is ultimately what I’m suggesting in my submission is reducing government’s interventions. As much as possible.

Gene Tunny  49:23

Yeah. So the big three, just for clarity, fiscal policy, monetary policy, regulation, or regulatory regulatory, very good regulatory

Darren Brady Nelson  49:30

policy. Regulatory is basically laws. It’s command and control, right? Yeah. No, do this. Don’t do that. You know, that’s basically and obviously, that’s what most laws are about are regulations. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  49:40

I liked how you mentioned tobacco because one of the Not that I’m advocating for tobacco. But one of the things I’ve noticed, and this is a big story in Australia at the moment because we’ve jacked up the excise on tobacco, just a massively high levels. And you know, it’s $40 Whatever it is for a packet of cigarettes, I don’t know I don’t buy cigarettes, but it’s a lot like 30 to $40 Depending on how many cigarettes you get. And what’s happening is it’s actually encouraged a black market and organised crime is in tobacco. And so we’ve had there all these gangland incidents there are you know, tobacco stores that haven’t paid the I don’t know the protection money that are getting firebomb dried. And, and I don’t know, I don’t know if this is organised crime. But around the corner from me on Wickham terrace, there was a tobacco and vape store that was that caught fire toward the end of last year. Right. So this is happening across Australia. And it’s a consequence of excessive excise on tobacco. But yeah, I covered that in my one of my recent episodes on taxation. So just so you might be interested in that. I don’t know if you’ve been following that at all. Uh,

Darren Brady Nelson  50:52

no, I wasn’t aware of that. I mean, like, I mean, I guess I shouldn’t be surprised as an economist, but it’s still kind of shocking, anyway. Yeah, I guess another thing we should mention, you know, whether you link to it or not, but, you know, Frederic Bastiat, you know, sort of, or his essay, I believe, you know, where he talks about, you know, unintended consequences from these government policies. That would be the classic. And the unintended consequences are almost always bad. They’re not usually good ones. Right. So I should even mention that, you know, that that can even segue into you know, people remembering that there’s such thing as public choice economics, which, which ultimately talks about the economics of government, and also government failure, that would be an example of government failure. Now think the public choice people use this language. But you know, what, externalities today, don’t just exist in markets exist with governments as well, they have externalities, they have a lot of negative externalities to like this policies.

Gene Tunny  51:52

Yeah. I mean, we’ve got multiple examples here in Australia at the moment, I mean, I’d love to bring Frederic Bastiat back, like Jurassic Park style, or wherever you do it. Australia. And, you know, he could write, write, write about all of the, just the insanity? I mean, what are the there’ll be the NDIS is the big problem we’ve got at the moment. And

Darren Brady Nelson  52:18

classic unintended consequences. Yeah, and

Gene Tunny  52:21

I don’t know if the latest story is that you’ve got all of these dodgy operators, because they see, oh, there’s this huge pot of money, let’s open up a disability support business, and then they find someone who’s disabled or they go, you know, they have a condition that gets them out of the NDIS. And then their money pot right there, you know, this is a Yeah, it’s there on the gravy train this, this Disability Support Agency, that’s essentially, you know, getting a share of the package. And the worst case, and they’re saying that there are some providers, they will go to the NDIS recipient, they will go to the ATM the automatic teller machine, and they went, they’ll get, they’ll pull the money out, and then they’ll sell on drugs they’ll sell they’re the person they’re supposed to be helping drugs. So there’s at least one or two cases of that, it’s just yeah, and there are these reports of very high percentages of, of NDIS providers. So the, the businesses that are looking after the disabled people managing their packages, they’re, you know, very large number a huge amount of fraud, at least $2 billion worth of fraud is just extraordinary. And

Darren Brady Nelson  53:33

it’s just gonna balloon anyway, without all that sort of stuff. Because, remember, originally just looking at the definition of disability and legislation, it’s so ridiculously broad. You know, it’s, I think, that Mitchell’s had these good cartoons about like, you know, you know, like when you have like, kind of mainly a market and it’s kind of pulling a small cart of the welfare state, you know, can it can handle it, but then when, you know, then when it gets reversed when like, most everybody’s on welfare, that doesn’t work, you know, that doesn’t work, you know, because money has to be generated, you know, the wealth has to be generated in the marketplace, because government doesn’t create any wealth raw.

Gene Tunny  54:09

I mean, I guess, yeah, I mean, government activity does contribute to GDP and governments can invento so well, no, I mean, yeah, I guess this is this is an interesting philosophical question because governments can actually create productive investment or productive capital stock carded or it can you know, it can help provide the capital stock the public capital the the roads and the infrastructure to to help enable business so

Darren Brady Nelson  54:39

well, okay. Yeah, yeah. But even that is Yeah, look, yeah, that’s a little bit you know, at least a more debatable topic then then then some things that government gets involved in obviously. But, but if not getting back to NCP Yeah, they, you know, the see then was like, okay, whether they can or cannot do it, which I So they did. They certainly don’t do it very well. And you know, it’s very expensive. So, and they do it in a very bureaucratic fashion. As you know, Ludwig von Mises wrote about in his his great little pamphlet on bureaucracy. You know, I think that’s a that’s a timeless sort of pamphlets, you know. And even that links back to his original work on socialism, which was the point basically, that socialism ultimately doesn’t work because it doesn’t create prices, right? It doesn’t have Yeah, price. Yeah, to give that input, you know, and to also jump into Hayek, you know, because price is obviously this mix of information and incentives at the exact same time, right. And when government does something, it can pretend to have prices, just like the Soviet Union pretended to have prices, but they weren’t real, you know, they didn’t, yeah, it really didn’t reflect, you know, allocation of resources. They didn’t, you know, they they certainly didn’t inform entrepreneurs or consumers properly, and all that sort of stuff. So, let you know, there’s obviously grey areas, if you like, I personally think, you know, as someone who studied economic history at university that really, you know, something that becomes more like the nightwatchman is more what government should be doing. And that also gels with, you know, not just the, you know, what was clearly written down in the US Constitution. But the the Australian isn’t as clear about that. But that’s was largely the philosophy to have Australia, the 19 century. And at least going into the 20th century, and then obviously, things changed with the, as you mentioned, the the Australian settlement, etc.

Gene Tunny  56:38

Yeah, well, I guess, you know, as well as I do that the Constitution or the the federal government and the state governments we had at the time of Federation are much more limited than what was government it was, would have been 10, or maybe 15% of GDP at the most. And now it’s 35 to 40%. Right. So like, we had a much smaller government. And I don’t think the founders wouldn’t have come, they would not have realised just the massive expansion of government power that we’ve had, particularly at the federal level. And that came through the 20th century, that the company that was associated with high court decisions in a way or, you know, the federal government taking over income PAC taxpayer over the war, and then keeping that power due to a high court decision, various other decisions related to the external affairs power, which means that the federal government has very, it’s got authority over environmental matters. And then we’ve got the health and welfare Amendment to the Constitution, and after the Second World War, that that facilitates the increase the rise of the welfare state. So the whole bunch of things that happened through referenda, and through high court interpretation that has expanded the role of government. And I guess that happened all around the world. It wasn’t just in Australia, it happened in the US and UK. And partly that was in response to the depression, there was the New Deal in the States, as you know. So yeah, I mean, the founders had no, they would not have conceived the scale of government that we have today. In my view, we’ll look

Darren Brady Nelson  58:13

at it in the US it happened even much earlier, it happened, you know, particular 1913 or Woodrow Wilson, when three things in particular happen, which was the the Federal Reserve Act, the income tax amendment. Previously, the federal government didn’t have any income tax powers. And the other thing, which is getting probably a little bit more esoteric, but prior to 1913, the states appointed senators, they weren’t elected. That changed. Yeah, the Founding Fathers had had, you know, went in great detail, obviously to the Federalist Papers, why they had that as well as why they had a whole bunch of stuff, because they wanted us was set up as a constitutional republic, not a open slathered democracy. Right. So the only thing that was at the federal level that could be Democrat directly elected was the House of Representatives, because even today, the President’s not technically directly elected. The electoral college. So anyways, all it was all with the aim of keeping the federal government small. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  59:20

yeah, exactly.

Darren Brady Nelson  59:22

And you’re basically like, you know, local government was supposed to be the most important than the states, then the feds, so that was kind of an you know, surely didn’t completely copy that. But it’s somewhat did in philosophy, because it certainly looked at that and combined that kind of with, you know, with the Westminster system, obviously, the UK sort of thing. So yeah. Yeah, yeah.

Gene Tunny  59:44

You just reminded me I’ve actually had a guest on John Nance. I think it was. He wrote a book about the vision of the founding fathers and I had him on the show and we talked exactly about that what you were saying about the vision of the founders, the limited government, more state or more local particularly local a favoured local solution. So I’ll put a link in the show notes. I thought that was a great episode. Right. Oh, Darren, we better start wrapping up. This has been a great conversation as usual. We it becomes very expensive and wide ranging. So yeah, again, thanks for thanks for that. We it’s good to good to kick these ideas around. And NCP. 3.0. What sort of things? Do you think it will? Well, it could involve or ideally could involve now, as background, I think all the federal government at the moment has in mind, because of all the political constraints that are faced, I mean, they’ve had to pass the very restrictive industrial relations regulations, or they brought in this closing loopholes bill. Last year, I wrote a paper for CIS about it. It’s introducing all these regulations for the gig economy for labour hire for casuals, and I think it’s the wrong direction. But that’s, you know, we can talk about that another time. The current federal government because they’re constrained so much by their the Polit. The politics, I think what they’ll do is focus on very narrow things like non compete agreements, they’re very, they’re they’ve come out strong against agreements in con in employment agreements, which mean okay, if you work your you work for my law firm for so many years, you, you can’t then go and work for one of my rivals for three years or whatever. They’re, and they’re claiming that these agreements are becoming very commonplace, and even in employment agreements for hairdressers, etc. So I think they’ll come out against that. They might, I don’t know, they might try and get a divestiture power, I think it’s cool the power to like, give the honourable see more power to break up. Companies that are that are that they think are exerting market power. So there might be some things around that. But it’s all still clear. Maybe there’s some things about harmonisation of licences for different occupations, that sort of thing. More work on that, we’ll we’ll have to wait and see. But it doesn’t look like it’ll be a huge deal to me. What are your thoughts on where competition policy in Australia and also in America? If you if you’ve got thoughts on that as well? What do you think are the most important directions to go in for the benefit of, of the economy in the community? Darren?

Darren Brady Nelson  1:02:22

I think just in a general sense, they’ve they’ve allowed kind of almost, you know, I mean, technically, they’ve never, no one’s ever really deregulated, if you like, but you know, to extent they did, they’ve, they’ve just reregulated over time. They’ve re subsidised over time, and often not in any sort of transparent or logical way or anything backed by cost benefit analysis, of course, you know, that that never really took off the way it should have, you know, like to have these proper routes, look at this properly. And if nothing else, just have a transparent process, you know, like, why we’re doing this and all that, and what’s the cost so that people can, you know, at least go vote on that if you’d like, at some stage. So let you know, you know, I wanted to point out just to look at all the CPIs look at look at all the stuff that’s going up. And guess what, it’s the stuff just like IPA pointed out, you know, a number of years back, it’s all the stuff that you have heaps of, you know, interventions in a various sorts. So obviously, you know, I think, yeah, I’m guessing, I think you’re right, it’s probably going to be rather than, say, a Hilmer 2.0, it’s gonna be a Harper 2.0, which is like, nothing special, you know, playing around on the edges, and all that stuff, which is, you know, narrow competition law. So, you know, so but I put it in summation, you know, that, you know, maybe someday, because I always remember, you know, working in policy, you guys might have talked about this, too, when you were with the Commonwealth treasury, you kind of put up like, really what you’d like to do, okay, you can’t get it through at the moment, but you haven’t in that shelf, you remember talking about the drawer, the shelf and like, then you’re always ready to pull it out, you know? Sure, you might have to dust it off, and all that sort of stuff. So that’s what I did. I just put that in there, you know, that? I guess, you know, maybe I was a little too optimistic, you know, but, but it’s there, and maybe some other people put in some really good ideas as well. I’m not saying obviously, I have all the ideas or whatever. But, you know, the the methodology that I was suggesting, was certainly, you know, obviously, what’s tackle the stuff where the prices are going outrageous, let’s at least look at it. And okay, what do you have a justification for it? Or even if you do have a justification, you know, you can always do things better, you know, like, do you really need this aspect of this regulation to achieve what you’re trying to achieve? And you know, that sort of stuff. So and then, you know, and I wrote a 2020 paper on kind of competition policy is something that could be applied in the US as well, because obviously, we’re both federal Federalist systems and all that sort of stuff. And I certainly recommended, you know, going down I’m using the sort of competition payments type of approach, rather than, strangely enough the US often, even though it has a reputation for being more free market oriented, yes, some stuff, but a lot of stuff. They’re very kind of socialistic, you know, particularly infrastructure, airports, they’re all local government owned, and no one’s ever seriously thought about doing something different, you know, for instance, or they have all these kinds of government on port authorities around around the country. So, you know, I sort of wrote that 2020 paper, you know, hey, but, you know, this is, the US could copy this fairly easily. So, yeah. So, but, you know, heavily like in Australia, it really depends on obviously, who wins elections. So, you know, it depends on who who wins in 2024. You know, at the federal level, you know, what sort of reforms may or may not happen? And, you know, and obviously, you know, Trump, for instance, you know, is a mix of things, you know, he’s not like a strange guy, like, he’s not like, he’s just Ronald Reagan coming back into power or something like that. So, you know, he does have some pro market orientation on some stuff and other stuff, not as much. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  1:06:07

I think that’s, that’s a fair assessment just on. I mean, I don’t know whether the if there was a change of government, Australia, whether that would make much difference for competition, because, you know, the LIBS the Liberal Party, it has its own political. There’s constraints on it. I mean, you know, industry like the pharmacy lobbies probably, you know, the Liberal Party is probably got pharmacists, a lot of pharmacists, as members and all those type of constraints, they’re constrained as well, and what they could do, so I wouldn’t necessarily say they’re, they would do much better than the current governor, although they wouldn’t have introduced those terrible industrial relations laws. I could say that I think that’s pretty clear. But yeah,

Darren Brady Nelson  1:06:51

yeah, but I mean, just like, you know, like, you know, just like treasurer, Paul Keating is out walking in the door for labour and neither is treasurer, or Peter Costello walking in the door for the libs, it seems at this stage. A

Gene Tunny  1:07:03

couple other things I want to pick up on. You mentioned the, like the fact that these, you’re hoping your submission has a long shelf life. That’s what that’s what the people of the PC, they often think maybe this report is not going to get read now, or the government will pay attention, but it will have a long shelf life. And the classic example of that was the Campbell Inquiry Report, in 1981. Under the Fraser government, you’re talking about Malcolm Fraser government, which lasted what was it eight years after Whitlam? And it’s widely seen as a missed opportunity for to undertake the types of reforms that Hawke and Keating ended up undertaking. They had the inquiry. So there was that financial systems inquiry by Campbell in 1981. Yeah, and then apparently, that just went into Treasurer John Howard’s office and sat on the shelf. So, you know, this is something that later gets picked up by treasurer, Paul Keating, okay, and then they deregulate the financial system. And then we have, you know, bring in foreign banks, and we have a lot of the restrictions taken away, and then we have, you know, much greater provision of credit for consumers and businesses and, you know, in a way that there were positives with that there also, it also meant, arguably, it may have led to that 1980s, boom, in a way and then the crash. But anyway, that’s another issue. We could talk about another time. But I think generally, we think that those type of measures were favourable and economically beneficial. I think that’s a good example of something that was that had a long shelf life and the government didn’t the initial government that received the inquiry, didn’t know what to do with it. But then later, the subsequent federal government was able to do something with it, which I thought was so that illustrates that point. Just finally on the US, have you been following what Lena Khan has been up to FTC, Federal Trade Commission, she’s the Biden appointee. She said a lot of things about Amazon. She’s She’s an advocate for aggressive anti Trump policy. She is currently investigating the merger between Kroger and Albertsons. Have you looked at it? Do you have any views on what she’s up to?

Darren Brady Nelson  1:09:02

I haven’t No, I have not been following her. I mean, I guess, you know, in a more general sense, nothing to do with with her particular. Again, you can if you want to, you can link to it. You know, I’ve written for that. That antitrust Lawyer magazine. concurrences. Yeah. Which is, has an audience in North America and Europe mainly. And I wrote sort of a kind of an economics of free market economics approach, if you’d like to that. So you know, you can kind of see what I’ve, where I lay out, not just kind of the theory of what I think I mean, so kind of, here’s kind of what the mainstream economics, if you like, says about this sort of thing. Yeah. And then I can’t use it, mainly within Austrian school approach, but not just an Austrian theoretical approach. Yes. But there’s also, you know, one of the Austrian economists is like all over the detail of antitrust, you know, in terms of like the, you know, in terms of what’s actually happening And then the cases, and then what the legislation look like since it first came in. And basically just going through also the data as well, like. So basically, I have a fairly dim view of antitrust law tends to be very political, it basically they tend to go after their political enemies of the current administration, or at least they want to make, or even if it’s not their enemies, they they use it to for political, you know, voting purposes, like, you know, to look good. And some upcoming election, right, we went after these people that our voters don’t like, for whatever reason. And they largely don’t go after you even, you know, I’m no fan of Bill Gates today. But, you know, like Microsoft, when they were going after them, they were not abusing their monopoly power, you know, they’re offering a product that was, you know, at a reasonable price. And often, the price was going down over time, which was exactly the case of Standard Oil, when they first went, you know, when the anti trust laws first came in, you know, they weren’t actually, you know, they were dominating a market, but they were actually reducing their prices, and increasing their quantity. And some say the quality was going up as well over time. So, I think, you know, the evidence really doesn’t support, you know, the antitrust laws make much of a difference, and often actually, sometimes have the opposite effect. So it doesn’t sound like I would really necessarily supporter, I would say, usually need to go back to the as we discussed, I think once upon a time that was it, that section 230 or whatever, that that, under a different piece of legislation gives, you know, a bit of, you know, sort of monopoly power to big tech, and social media in particular. That they, they’re off revisiting that that sort of regulation that actually helps give them a bit of that sort of monopoly power, or that ability to feel like at least having an informal cartel,

Gene Tunny  1:11:59

rah, rah. Yeah, and I think your point, this is the point you’re making your submission, look at what underlying regulations are driving these phenomena that we see before you think that I have the solution is, is more government intervention? So I think that’s, that’s a fair point. And it’s just, it just occurred to me, I mean, childcare. That’s an example where we’ve got all of these regulations about the quality of childcare, the educational qualifications of childcare workers, and that’s something that just drives up the cost. And then, you know, it ends up being subsidised by the federal government. And so then that, you know, increases the burden on on taxpayers. Yeah, there’s a little uh,

Darren Brady Nelson  1:12:33

basically, I think, David Friedman, I think it’s David Freeman, or I got it right. But Milton Friedman son, who’s also quite a good economist, he goes through some good evidence on like, tax season, whatever. The analogy of like, what’s, what’s forced everybody to have a Cadillac, right? Instead of allowing some people to buy a Cadillac, some people will buy, you know, a small Toyota or whatever, you know, so, you know, the just basically just in that just basically squeezes people out of the marketplace. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  1:13:01

yeah, exactly. Okay. Darren, there’s been a comprehensive conversation. Any final thoughts before we close?

Darren Brady Nelson  1:13:09

No, look, you know, yeah, we just gotta keep on, you know, you’re doing your great part of, if you like, you know, getting these reports that are sometimes just going to be, you know, in the drawer for rater later use as well. So, you know, we just keep you have to keep on fighting for, you know, sort of truth and freedom, I suppose.

Gene Tunny  1:13:29

Very good. Darren Bradley Nelson. Thanks so much for your time. I really enjoyed the conversation. And I think we’ll have to have a couple more rounds. There are a couple of juicy philosophical issues and historical issues I’d like to come back to and talk about with you. So again, thanks so much for your time. Thank you rato thanks for listening to this episode of economics explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact at economics explore.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting outlets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

Obsidian  1:14:35

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this or to begin your own podcasting journey. Head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business, www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.